111
This project has received funding from the European Union’s Seventh Framework Programme for research, technological development and demonstration under grant agreement no 619349. Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities and competencies Delivery month Annex I: M10 Actual delivery month M10 Lead participant: UMCU Work package: 2 Nature: O Dissemination level: PU Version: 1.0 Project coordinator Dr. Marieke van der Schaaf Utrecht University Faculty of Social and Behavioral Sciences Department of Education PO Box 80.140 3508TC Utrecht The Netherlands Telephone: +31 (0)30 253 4944 Email: [email protected]

Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    15

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

This project has received funding from the European Union’s Seventh Framework Programme for research, technological development and demonstration under grant agreement no 619349.  

 

     

     

Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education            Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities and competencies

 Delivery month Annex I: M10 Actual delivery month M10 Lead participant: UMCU Work package: 2 Nature: O Dissemination level: PU Version: 1.0         Project coordinator       Dr. Marieke van der Schaaf     Utrecht University   Faculty of Social and Behavioral Sciences

Department of Education PO Box 80.140

  3508TC Utrecht The Netherlands

    Telephone: +31 (0)30 253 4944   Email: [email protected]

 

Page 2: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 2  

         1.   Executive Summary ............................................................................................ 3  2.   Introduction ......................................................................................................... 4  

2.1   Background .......................................................................................................... 4  2.2 Scope of the deliverable ......................................................................................... 4  

3.   Content ................................................................................................................. 4  4. Conclusion ............................................................................................................. 4  3.   5. References ....................................................................................................... 5  4.   6. Tables and Figures .......................................................................................... 5  7. History of the document ........................................................................................ 5  

7.1 Document history .................................................................................................... 5  7.2 Internal review history ............................................................................................. 5  

APPENDIX 1: TOOL FOR MATRIX MAPPING FOCUSED ON HEALTH CARE TRAINING .................................................................................................................... 7  

Guidelines for Competency-based Workplace Curriculum Development based on Entrustable Professional Activities - a matrix mapping approach ................................. 7  

How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed? ...................................... 70  Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resident  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfactory  (=  at  a  level  of  indirect  supervision) ................................................................................................... 70  How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed? ...................................... 72  Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resident  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfactory  (=  at  a  level  of  indirect  supervision) ................................................................................................... 72  How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed? ...................................... 73  How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed? ...................................... 75  Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resident  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfactory? .................... 75  How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed? ...................................... 76  How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed? ...................................... 77  -   are  committed  to  students  and  their  learning;  .............................................................................................  83  -   know  the  subjects  they  teach  and  how  to  teach  those  subjects  to  students;  ....................................  83  -   are  responsible  for  managing  and  monitoring  student  learning;  ........................................................  83  -   think  systematically  about  their  practice  and  learn  from  experience;  ..............................................  83  -   are  members  of  learning  communities  (NBPTS,  1987).  ............................................................................  83  

 

Page 3: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 3  

1. Executive Summary  This  Tool  for  Matrix  Mapping  of  Workplace-­Based  Curricula  with  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  (EPAs)  and  Competencies  is  a  large  document  that  consists  of  the  following  parts,  all  written  to  be  foundational  for  the  WATCHME  project.  1. An  introductory  text  explaining  the  relationship  of  all  parts  and  the  scope  of  the  de-­‐

liverable.  2. An  extensive  tool  description,  worked  out  as  Guidelines  for  workplace  curriculum  

development  for  the  health  care  professions,  based  on  matrix  mapping,  supplement-­‐ed  with  three  appendices:  (I)  proposed  EPAs  for  undergraduate  medical  education  (i.e.  the  course  to  become  a  medical  doctor);  (II)  proposed  EPAs  for  one  medical  spe-­‐cialty  training  course,  in  particular  Anesthesiology  training;  (III)  proposed  EPAs  for  veterinary  education.  

3. An  extensive  background  description,  worked  out  as  New  Perspectives  on  Formative  Evaluation  of  Student  Teachers’  Teaching  Competence,  supplemented  with  an  ap-­‐pendix  with  proposed  EPAs  for  teacher  training,  described  in  detail.  

These  deliverable  will  serve  (a)  to  inform  subsequent  work  packages  in  WATCHME  and  will  be  disseminated  for  a  wider  audience  in  the  three  content  domains  at  stake  (medi-­‐cine,  veterinary  medicine  and  teacher  training).  This  deliverable  was  written  to  support  educators  in  building  a  competency-­‐based  workplace  curriculum  providing  an  up-­‐to-­‐date  overview  of  the  literature  on  EPAs,  sup-­‐plemented  with  suggestions  for  practical  issues  regarding  curriculum  construction,  as-­‐sessment  and  educational  technology  around  EPAs-­‐curricula.  It  sets  out  with  concepts  and  definitions.  Next,  it  provides  guidance  with  the  identification,  elaboration  and  vali-­‐dation  of  EPAs,  while  explaining  common  misunderstandings  about  EPAs.    Next,  the  ma-­‐trix-­‐mapping  approach  of  combining  EPAs  with  competencies  is  discussed,  and  related  to  existing  concepts  such  as  milestones.  A  chapter  is  devoted  to  entrustment  decision-­‐making  as  an  inextricable  part  of  working  with  EPAs.  In  using  EPAs,  assessment  in  the  workplace  is  translated  to  entrustment  decision-­‐making  for  designated  levels  of  permit-­‐ted  autonomy,  ranging  from  full  supervision  present  during  the  act  to  the  permission  to  provide  supervision.  Finally,  a  chapter  is  devoted  to  the  use  of  technology  of  mobile  de-­‐vices  and  electronic  portfolio  to  support  feedback  to  trainee  and  entrustment  decision-­‐making  by  program  directors  or  clinical  teams  about  trainee  progress.  This  part    con-­‐cludes  with  many  examples  of  EPAs  from  human  and  veterinary  health  care  that  are  planned  to  implemented  in  programs  in  Utrecht,  Berlin,  Budapest  and  San  Francisco  WATCHME  partner  institutions.  This  approach  has  been  adapted  to  serve  Teacher  Education.  The  terminology  of  EPAs  has  interchangeable  been  used  with  “Core  Practices”,  a  concept  that  was  recently  intro-­‐duced  in  the  teacher  education  literature  and  that  corresponds  to  a  certain  extent  with  the  EPA  concept.  This  concludes  with  a  list  of  teacher  education  EPAs.  To  keep  this  de-­‐liverable  manageable  and  readable,  the  content  is  kept  short,  referring  to  long  appen-­‐dices  at  the  end  of  the  deliverable.    The  next  section  may  be  read  as  an  extension  of  this  executive  summary  and  refers  to  content  that  is  attached  as  appendices.  

Page 4: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 4  

2. Introduction  

2.1 Background Matrix  mapping  basically  is  establishing  the  relationship  between  professional  practice  and  its  component  activities,  and  the  competencies  that  individuals  must  acquire  in  training  to  enable  them  to  execute  these  activities.  This  is  a  fundamentally  different  way  to  look  at  professional  education  than  is  current  mainstream  thinking.  The  use  of  en-­‐trustable  professional  activities,  a  concept  developed  in  medical  education  in  the  past  decade,  has  many  implications  for  feedback  and  assessment  in  the  workplace,  that  have  been  described  in  this  deliverable  and  can  be  used  in  professional  domains  outside  med-­‐icine.    

2.2 Scope of the deliverable This  deliverable  is  of  relevance  for  workplace  curriculum  development  in  the  domains  and  institutions  that  contributed  (undergraduate  and  postgraduate  medical  education,  veterinary  education  and  teacher  training  at  Utrecht  University  in  The  Netherlands,  Charité  University  in  Germany,  Tartu  University  in  Estonia,  Szent  Istvan  University  in  Budapest),  but  also  more  broadly  for  these  domains  at  other  universities  and  countries,  and  possibly  for  other  professional  domains.  As  the  foundation  is  laid  for  technology-­‐based  feedback  and  entrustment  decision-­‐making  as  an  approach  to  assessment,  it  will  stimulate  learning  analytics  development  that  is  yet  in  its  infancy  in  these  domains  of  higher  education.  

3. Content The  Deliverable  2.1  has  an  extensive  content  description  that  is  divided  in  two  main  parts:  1. part  1  relating  to  health  care  education  (undergraduate  and  anesthesiology  (post-­‐

graduate)medical  education,  veterinary  education).  2. part  2  relating  to  teacher  education.  Both  parts  are  subdivided  into  a  detailed  description  of  the  approach  of  matrix  mapping  of  EPA-­‐based  competency  curricula  that  can  serve  as  guideline  for  practice,  and  an  ap-­‐pendix  that  lists  EPAs  that  have  been  developed  to  be  applied  empirically  within  the  WATCHME  for  the  development  of  learning  analytics  in  further  work  packages.  For  details  of  the  content  we  refer  to  the  overall  appendix  with  this  deliverable.  

4. Conclusion Work  package  2  has  successfully  delivered  their  foundational  work  for  the  WATCHME  project,  to  be  supplemented  with  a  literature  review  and  empirical  data  on  markers  in  the  workplace  to  inform  feedback  and  entrustment  decision-­‐making  (deliverables  WP2-­‐2.2  and  2.3)  

Page 5: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 5  

3. 5. References About  180  literature  references  used  in  both  parts  of  this  deliverable  are  listed  in  he  respective  parts  of  the  appendix  

4. 6. Tables and Figures The  deliverable  contains  12  tables  and  10  figures,  excluding  the  EPAs,  to  be  found  in  the  appendix.  

7. History of the document  

7.1 Document history  Version Author(s) [see  doc-­‐

ument  parts  for  com-­‐plete  lists  of  authors]

Date Changes

V#1 Part1 Main doc Ten Cate July 2014 First section V#2 Part1 Main doc Ten Cate November 2014 Complete document V#3 Part1 Main doc Ten Cate et al December 2014 Many changes V#1 EPAs UMCU* Reyman et al September 2014 Many previous ver-

sions V#2 EPAs UMCU* Welink et at December 2014 Many previous ver-

sions V#1 EPAs UCSF Chen et al September 2014 Many previous ver-

sions V#1 EPAs Charité* Peters et al December 2014 Many previous ver-

sions V#1 EPAs Vet.educ Van Duijn et al December 2014 Many previous ver-

sions V#1 EPAs Anesthe-siology training

Wisman-Zwarter et al December 2014 Delphi-based previ-ous version

V#1 Part2 Main doc Krull et al December 2014 Several previous version

V#2 EPAs Teacher Training

Slof et al December 2014 Extensive prevision Excel version

*separately developed but combined in this document    

7.2 Internal review history Internal Reviewer Date Comments Serban Ovidiu 12-12-2014 No substantial comments Marieke van der Schaaf 27-12-2014 and 29-12- No substantial comments

Page 6: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 6  

2014      

     

Page 7: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 7  

APPENDIX 1: TOOL FOR MATRIX MAPPING FOCUSED ON HEALTH CARE TRAINING

 Guidelines for Competency-based Workplace Curriculum Development based on Entrustable Professional Activities - a matrix mapping ap-proach  AUTHORS:  Olle  ten  Cate  (1),  Carrie  Chen  (2),  Reinier  Hoff  (1),  Harm  Peters  (3),  Harold  Bok  (4),  Marieke  van  der  Schaaf    (5)    (1) University  Medical  Center  Utrecht  (2) University  of  California  San  Francisco  (3) Charité  University,  Berlin  (4) Utrecht  University  (Department  of  Veterinary  Medicine)  (5) Utrecht  University  (Department  of  Education)    

Table  of  contents  

1. Introduction    

2. The  ground  work:  concepts  and  definitions  2.1 Workplace  and  workplace  curriculum  2.2 Competency-­‐based  education  2.3 Entrustable  professional  activities  2.4 The  EPAs-­‐competencies  matrix  and  the  significance  of  matrix  mapping  2.5 Learning  to  bear  responsibility  2.6 Assessment,  entrustment,  and  supervision  2.7 Portfolio  as  a  tool  to  organize  and  support  competency-­‐based  development  

 3. Translating  the  professional  work  into  EPAs  

3.1 Identifying  EPAs  3.2 Some  common  misunderstandings  3.3 Elaborating  EPAs  3.4 Validating  EPAs  

 4. Building  and  maintaining  an  individualized  workplace  curriculum  with  EPAs  

4.1 A  general  framework  for  the  workplace  curriculum  4.2 Supervision  levels  related  to  entrustment  decisions  4.3 Task-­‐based  instructional  strategy  4.4 Connecting  EPAs  and  competencies  with  milestones  and  supervision  levels  4.5 Core,  specific  and  elective  EPAs  

 5. Monitoring  and  evaluating  trainees  using  entrustment  decisions  for  EPAs  

5.1 Factors  determining  entrustment  decisions  5.2 Trainee  features  that  allow  supervisors  to  entrust  them  with  a  critical  task  5.3 Arriving  at  formative  and  summative  entrustment  decisions    5.4 Instruments  to  assess  trainees  based  on  EPAs  5.5 Proposed  general  reporting  format  for  observed  performance  

Page 8: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 8  

5.6 Self-­‐entrustment  5.7 Expiry  and  reconfirmation  of  summative  entrustment  decisions  

 6. Technology  to  support  feedback  and  entrustment  decision-­‐making  

6.1 Formative  feedback  and  entrustment  decisions  6.2 Summative  entrustment  decisions  6.3 E-­‐portfolio  and  learning  analytic  

 7. Discussion    References    Appendices      

Page 9: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 9  

1.  Introduction    The  purpose  of  this  guide  is  to  provide  a  practical  framework  for  workplace  curriculum  devel-­‐opment  drawing  from  the  existing  literature  on  competency-­‐based  education  in  the  health  pro-­‐fessions  that  refers  to  entrustable  professional  activities  (EPAs).  Central  in  our  thinking  of  workplace  curriculum  development  is  matrix  mapping.(1,2).  A  matrix  mapping  approach  signifies  the  two-­‐dimensional  nature  of  working  with  competencies  on  one  hand  and  activities  on  the  other  hand.  Competencies  are  descriptors  of  the  qualities  of  individual  trainees  and  professionals,  while  activities  describe  the  work  that  is  being  done  in  the  workplace.  Essential  in  our  approach  is  that  competencies  are  mapped  to  work.  The  authors’  background  is  from  medical  and  veterinary  education,  but  the  approach  would  hold  just  as  well  for  other  professions  in  healthcare  and  other  professional  domains.    Education  within  the  health  professions  is  characterized  by  a  substantial  portion  of  training  in  a  real  work  setting.  Much  of  the  work  in  health  care  can  be  defined  in  tasks  or  responsibilities  that  must  be  entrusted  to  individuals.    These  entrustable  professional  activities  as  we  shall  call  them,  usually  require  different  qualities  of  the  practitioner.  Each  EPA  may  draw  from  several  domains  of  competence,  such  as  content  expertise,  skills  in  collaboration,  communication,  management  et  cetera.  Conversely,  each  domain  of  competence  is  relevant  to  many  different  activities  (i.e.  EPAs)  in  health  care.  Combining  domains  of  competence  and  EPAs  in  a  matrix  reveals  which  compe-­‐tencies  a  trainee  must  have  before  being  trusted  to  execute  an  EPA  (3,4).  This  matrix  serves  the  specification  of  assessment  and  feedback  procedures  for  individual  development  and  grounds  entrustment  decisions  for  critical  tasks  in  health  care.  Four  key  questions  within  this  approach  are      (i) What  is  the  work  to  be  done?    This  question  leads  to  the  identification  and  description  of  EPAs.  These  units  of  work  can  be  very  small  (measuring  and  reporting  blood  pressure)  or  very  big  (managing  a  clinical  ward),  but  al-­‐ways  have  a  professional  nature,  which  excludes  ‘taking  a  break’,  ‘cleaning  your  desk’  and  ‘listen-­‐ing  to  your  colleague’s  experience  at  yesterday’s  football  match’.  For  practical  purposes  it  is  nec-­‐essary  to  apply  EPAs  as  significant  units  related  to  requirements  or  expectations  at  the  end  of  a  designated  training  period,  i.e.  when  transiting  to  a  new  phase.  Why  this  is  important  will  be  explained  below.        (ii) Which  requirements  must  trainees  meet  before  we  trust  them  to  do  the  work?      For  each  of  the  EPAs,  required  competencies  must  be  determined.  These  competencies  are  the  qualities  of  the  trainee  that  serve  as  necessary  conditions  to  enable  summative  entrustment  decisions.  If  these  conditions  are  not  met,  trainees  should  not  be  entrusted  with  that  critical  task.  For  educational  purposes  it  is  useful  to  specify  the  experience,  knowledge,  skill  and  attitude  re-­‐quirements  to  guide  trainees  in  their  preparation  for  entrustment  decisions.    (iii) How  do  we  train  trainees  to  meet  these  requirements?  If  EPAs  are  the  focus  of  training,  the  conditions  set  for  entrustment  decisions  should  guide  the  training  activities.  For  each  of  these  professional  activities  trainees  must  understand  what  it  

Page 10: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 10  

takes  to  actually  execute  an  EPA,  or  the  components  constituting  it.  Specific  knowledge  and  skills  can  usually  be  taught  and  trained.  In  the  workplace,  development  of  proficiency  requires  in-­‐formed  self-­‐assessment,  guided  by  feedback  from  the  environment,  and  a  motivation  to  keep  improving.    (iv) How  do  we  assess  trainees’  readiness  to  pass  the  threshold  of  entrustment?  When  using  EPAs,  the  assessment  of  trainees  becomes  meaningful  for  trainees  and  supervisors  when  we  translate  assessment  to  entrustment  decisions  related  to  a  specified  level  of  supervi-­‐sion.  Instead  of  using  grades  that  are  often  unreliable  in  the  workplace  (5),  the  simple  questions  are  Do  I  need  to  assist  this  trainee?  Can  I  leave  the  ward  to  come  back  later?  Can  I  trust  the  in-­‐formation  in  the  electronic  patient  record  to  be  adequate  and  sufficient  when  I  see  it  tomorrow?  Such  questions  represent  assessment  framed  as  supervision  language.      These  questions  are  addressed  in  this  Guide.  This  Guide  is  meant  to  support  the  building  of  a  workplace  curriculum  with  tools  for  learning  and  training,  feedback,  assessment  and  entrust-­‐ment  decision-­‐making.        2.  The  ground  work:  concepts  and  definitions    2.1  Workplace  and  workplace  curriculum  The  workplace  is  the  context  in  which  much,  maybe  most,  of  the  learning  occurs  for  professions  with  a  vocational  nature.  Although  implicitly  assumed  for  millennia  (6),  workplace  learning  has  only  recently  been  acknowledged  for  its  huge  contribution  to  the  attainment  of  competencies  that  professionals  need  to  possess(7).  The  establishment  of  schools  and  universities  in  the  past  centuries,  and  the  development  of  educational  theories  and  principles  for  classroom  learning  may  have  overshadowed  the  significance  of  learning  in  the  workplace  (7),  with  its  many  unwrit-­‐ten,  and  informal  requirements  that  guide  the  learning.  As  students  are  employed  with  tasks  in  the  workplace,  at  the  discretion  of  supervisors,  they  are  expected  to  gradually  learn  the  tricks  of  the  trade.  Efforts  to  analyze  what  happens  in  workplace  learning  have  guided  improvements  to  its  quality  and  effectiveness  as  a  learning  environment  (8,9).  In  the  1980s,  educational  scientists  introduced  experiential  learning  (10)  and  reinvented  the  term  (cognitive)  apprenticeship  (11–13)  to  stress  the  importance  of  authentic  activities  and  social  interaction  to  learning.    This  is  in  contrast  with  the  implicit  assumption  that  schools  and  universities  provide  learners  with  the  majority  of  their  universally  applicable  knowledge  and  skills.  Situated  learning  and  legitimate  peripheral  participation  within  a  community  of  practice  were  concepts  introduced  by  Lave  &  Wenger  (14)  with  the  same  purpose.  In  health  care  education,  clinical  teachers  have  always  complained  about  the  lack  of  connection  with  what  students  have  been  taught  in  the  classroom  and  what  they  can  apply  once  they  are  placed  in  real  work  settings  with  patients.  Integration  of  learning  of  theoretical  concepts  in  the  classroom  with  learning  in  situ  has  therefore  been  stressed  to  optimize  medical  curricula  (15–17).  In  particular,  vertical  curriculum  integration  (18,19)  implies  an  enhanced  connection  between  basic  sciences  and  clinical  practice.  Published  objectives  for  medical  training  in  the  past  decades  have  consistently  proposed  basic  science  

Page 11: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 11  

knowledge  to  be  instrumental  to  a  higher  clinical  purpose  (20–22),  and  not  to  be  an  objective  of  medical  training  in  itself.  A  workplace  curriculum  can  be  defined  as  an  organized  set  of  experiences  in  a  real-­‐world  setting  that  foster  the  acquisition  of  competence  or  competencies  that  are  necessary  to  act  as  a  profes-­‐sional.  Features  that  set  a  workplace  curriculum  apart  from  just  engaging  in  work  are,  according  to  Billett,  (i)  a  trajectory  of  participation  from  low  to  high  accountability,  (ii)  access  to  knowledge  that  would  not  be  learned  by  discovery  alone,  (iii)  direct  guidance  from  more  experi-­‐enced  others  and  experts,  and  (iv)  indirect  guidance  provided  by  the  physical  and  social  envi-­‐ronment  (7).  It  is  against  this  background  that  curriculum  building  with  EPAs  takes  place.    2.2    Competency-­based  education  Whereas  knowledge  and  to  some  extent  also  attitude  and  skills  can  be  viewed  as  the  result  of  academic  study  separate  from  the  workplace,  competency-­‐based  education  is  defined  by  the  outcome  of  education  as  a  tangible  capability  to  perform  in  the  workplace.  Competency-­‐based  education  and  the  assessment  of  it  require  a  workplace  environment,  even  though  preparation  for  it  can  happen  before  entering  the  workplace.  The  acquisition  of  competencies,  which  inte-­‐grate  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  for  the  sake  of  working  in  practice  (23–25),  must  be  con-­‐firmed  in  a  workplace  environment.  Competency-­‐based  professional  education  can  be  defined  as  education  for  a  profession  that  is  targeted  at  a  fixed  level  of  proficiency  in  one  or  more  professional  competencies  (24,26).  Com-­‐petency-­‐based  medical  education  is  “an  approach  to  preparing  physicians  for  practice  that  is  fundamentally  oriented  to  graduate  outcome  abilities  and  organized  around  competencies  de-­‐rived  from  an  analysis  of  societal  and  patient  needs.  It  de-­‐emphasizes  time-­‐based  training  and  promises  a  greater  accountability,  flexibility,  and  learner-­‐centeredness”  (27).  Key  elements  of  competency-­‐based  education  are  a  focus  on  outcome  and  independence  of  time  (28).  As  work-­‐place  experience  for  trainees  is  usually  organized  in  a  rotational  system  with  fixed  periods  of  time,  competency-­‐based  education  may  pose  logistical  challenges,  as  it  requires  some  flexibility  in  time.  Fundamental  is  that  trainees  are  only  being  certified  for  competencies  that  they  have  been  shown  to  possess,  or,  phrased  differently,  for  which  they  have  passed  a  threshold  that  al-­‐lows  for  unsupervised  practice  (2).  Competency-­‐based  training  with  EPAs  is  basically  a  mastery  learning  approach  to  education.  Mastery  learning  leads  to  certification  only  if  trainees  meet  all  requirements,  no  matter  how  much  time  they  need  to  get  there.  This  curriculum  approach  has  proven  its  effectiveness  (29,30).    2.3    Entrustable  professional  activities  Competency-­‐based  education  in  the  workplace  is  about  learning  to  execute  the  professional  ac-­‐tivities  that  must  be  done.  EPAs  can  best  be  considered  tasks  or  responsibilities  that  faculty  members  entrust  to  a  trainee  to  execute  with  limited  supervision,  once  he  or  she  has  obtained  adequate  competence.(1,31)  EPAs  are  executable  within  a  given  time  frame;  their  execution  is  observable  and  measurable,  and  suitable  for  focused  entrustment  decisions.  EPAs  are  units  of  work  (e.g.,  the  anesthetic  care  of  an  uncomplicated  patient,  or  the  chairing  of  a  multidisciplinary  meeting),  while  competencies  describe  people’s  abilities  (e.g.,  knowledge,  professional  attitude,  communication  skill).  Competencies  are  often  felt  to  be  theoretical  constructs  (32–36)  and  EPAs  

Page 12: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 12  

were  introduced  to  ground  competencies  in  day-­‐to-­‐day  practice  (1,37).  As  EPAs  are  the  pro-­‐posed  focus  of  assessment,  they  lead  to  integrated,  holistic  evaluation  of  learners,  that  include  quantifiable  assessments,  but  also  the  more  tacit  but  important  impressions  of  the  trust-­‐readiness  of  a  trainee  concerning  a  critical  activity.    EPAs  are  now  being  introduced  in  many  postgraduate  medical  education  programs  and  fellow-­‐ships,  including  obstetrics/gynaecology  (38),  pediatrics  (39),  internal  medicine  (40),  family  medicine  (41),  psychiatry  (42)  and  pulmonary  and  critical  care  (43).    2.4  The  EPAs-­competencies  matrix  and  the  significance  of  matrix  mapping  Units  of  work  and  abilities  of  persons  can  be  viewed  as  two  dimensions  of  a  grid.  Mapping  EPAs  to  competencies  is  basically  answering  the  question:  Which  competencies  must  an  individual  have  before  a  critical  activity  can  be  entrusted  to  this  person  to  complete  unsupervised?  In  most  cases  an  educational  program  has  an  existing  list  of  competencies,  outcome-­‐oriented  objectives,  or  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  that  define  the  desired  qualities  of  graduates.  A  well-­‐known  framework  in  the  medical  domain  is  CanMEDS,  that  defines  these  qualities  in  seven  roles  or  competency-­‐domains  (44),  including,  among  others,  content  expertise,  communication  and  collaboration  ability,  and  a  professional  attitude.  These  desired  person-­‐descriptors  are  sep-­‐arate  from  the  activities  (EPAs)  that  must  be  done,  such  as  “admitting  a  patient  to  the  hospital  with  an  initial  workup”  or  “doing  a  caesarian  section  in  a  cow”.  The  matrix  combines  EPAs  with  competencies  as  depicted  in  Figure  1.  Likewise,  in  veterinary  medicine,  an  internationally  rec-­‐ognized  competency  framework  (VetPro)  defines  the  qualities  for  the  veterinary  professional  (45,46)  that  can  build  such  a  matrix.        Figure  1   The  basic  form  of  an  EPAs-­Competencies  Matrix         EPA1   EPA2   EPA3   EPA4   EPA5   EPA6  

Competency  1   !     !   !   !    

Competency  2     !   !   !      

Competency  3     !   !   !     !  Competency  4   !   !          

Competency  5   !   !   !     !   !  Competency  6       !        

Competency  7     !   !       !        The  figure  signifies  the  notion  that  competencies  almost  invariably  map  to  multiple  EPAs  and  that  the  trustworthy  execution  of  any  EPA  usually  requires  multiple  competencies.  In  the  exam-­‐ple  shown,  some  EPAs  are  broad  and  complex,  requiring  competencies  in  various  domains  (EPA3),  while  others  may  be  more  limited  or  focused  (EPA5).  Conversely,  some  competencies  

Page 13: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 13  

may  be  so  general  that  they  are  important  requisites  for  many  activities  (Competency  5),  while  others  are  rather  specialized  or  specific,  and  only  needed  for  few  EPAs  (Competency  6).    The  literature  shows  several  examples  of  such  matrices  (3,47–49).    The  significance  of  the  matrix  lies  in  the  guidance  it  provides  for  both  learners  and  teachers.    Trainees  know  the  expectations  for  earning  trust  to  complete  a  specific  EPA;  supervisors  know  what  to  evaluate  before  making  an  entrustment  decision.  The  assessment  of  a  trainee’s  readi-­‐ness  for  unsupervised  practice  of  an  EPA  can  be  designed  using  the  matrix.  For  each  dot,  the  most  appropriate  sources  of  data  to  inform  entrustment  decisions  and  feedback  to  the  trainee  should  be  determined.    Matrix  mapping  of  an  educational  program  requires  the  analysis  of  the  profession  for  which  stu-­‐dents  are  being  trained.    Ideally,  a  comprehensive  list  of  EPAs  is  identified  that  constitute  the  complete  core  of  the  profession,  expressed  in  the  activities  that  professionals  carry  out.  As  a  next  step,  these  activities  are  mapped  against  an  existing  framework  of  competencies.  Each  compe-­‐tency  is  weighed  against  each  EPA  and  valued  as  to  their  significance  for  entrustment  decisions,  asking  is  this  (specified)  competency  an  important  requirement  for  any  trainee,  before  he  or  she  can  be  trusted  to  execute  this  EPA  without  supervision?  We  will  expand  on  this  in  chapter  3.    2.5    Learning  to  bear  responsibility  One  of  the  major  challenges  for  medical  educators  is  to  facilitate  and  stimulate  trainees  to  take  responsibility  for  patient  care.  This  has  become  a  more  significant  obligation  in  the  past  decades.  Pressure  on  patient  safety  in  health  care  has  resulted  in  increased  and  stricter  supervision  in  several  countries,  while  decreasing  trainee  responsibility.  Work  time  restrictions  for  residents,  the  need  to  provide  care  as  quickly  and  efficiently  as  possible,  and  the  introduction  of  managed  care,  only  reimbursable  if  provided  by  licensed  specialists,  has  put  attending  physicians  in  more  dominant  roles  and  decreased  trainee  responsibility  (50,51).  This  trend  is  completely  justifiable  from  a  patient  perspective  but  not  from  an  education  perspective,  and  ultimately  counter  pro-­‐ductive  for  safe  patient  care.(52)  Trainees  must  practice  bearing  responsibility,  in  a  safe  envi-­‐ronment.  Full  supervision  and  avoidance  of  full  responsibility  for  patients  until  the  end  of  resi-­‐dency  jeopardizes  safe  patient  care  directly  after  certification.  With  graduated  responsibilities,  medical  trainees  can  practice  with  some  autonomy  while  still  having  the  opportunity  to  debrief  and  correct  things  with  a  supervisor.  Graduates  from  residency  programs  bear  full  responsibility  on  the  first  day  of  a  new  job  deprived  of  any  form  of  supervision.  If  they  have  never  learned  to  bear  responsibility,  they  place  themselves  and  their  patients  in  potential  danger.  An  EPA-­‐based  competency  curriculum  aims  to  establish  this  gradual  increase  of  responsibility  and  responsive  autonomy  in  a  safe  and  justifiable  way  (2).      2.6    Assessment,  entrustment  and  supervision  EPA-­‐based  assessment  is  framed  as  entrustment  to  carry  out  critical  activities  under  a  designat-­‐ed  level  of  supervision.  In  other  words,  a  trainee  is  primarily  evaluation  to  determine  how  much  supervision  he  or  she  needs  for  a  specified  EPA.  This  leads  to  the  distinction  of  five  levels  of  su-­‐pervision:    (1)  no  permission  act,  (2)  permission  to  act  with  direct,  pro-­‐active  supervision  pre-­‐sent  in  the  room,  (3)  permission  to  act  with  indirect  supervision,  outside  the  room  but  quickly  available  of  needed,  (4)  permission  to  act  under  distant  supervision  not  directly  available  or  (5)  

Page 14: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 14  

permission  to  provide  supervision  to  junior  trainees  (3,37).  This  supervision  concept  will  be  explained  in  detail  in  section  4.2    2.7    Portfolio  as  a  tool  to  organize  and  support  competency-­based  development  The  portfolio,  in  an  original  sense,  is  a  showcase  for  students  of  art,  crafts,  architecture  and  oth-­‐er  visual  domains,  that  enable  the  exposition  of  personal  accomplishments  at  job  applications  and  for  potential  customers.  Portfolios  in  health  professions  education  are  personal  containers,  usually  trainee-­‐owned,  of  information  to  document  progress  and  to  stimulate  reflection.  Since  the  turn  of  the  century,  portfolios  gradually  have  become  accepted  as  a  useful  tool  in  health  pro-­‐fessions  education  with  a  two-­‐fold  purpose  to  better  capture  information  about  individual  pro-­‐gress  of  trainees  and  to  stimulate  students  to  reflect  on  their  learning  progress.  (26)  They  are  rapidly  adopted  on  electronic  platforms,  allowing  access  to  different  parts  of  the  content  by  var-­‐ious  target  groups  as  workplace  learning  is  individualized  and  its  assessment  dependent  on  mul-­‐tiple  information  sources,  a  portfolio  to  document  progress  is  a  better  tool  for  evaluation  than  traditional  standardized  test  administrations  for  groups  of  students.  One  possible  use  in  compe-­‐tency-­‐based  workplace  training  is  to  turn  summative  entrustment  decisions  for  EPAs  (meaning  that  “the  trainee  is  now  permitted  to  do  EPA  X  with  only  distant  supervision”(3))  into  digital  badges  in  an  electronic  portfolio  (53).  These  badges  could  be  accessible  to  supervisors,  or,  in  the  medical  domain,  nurses,  other  health  care  worker  colleagues,  and  patients.  This  requires  a  care-­‐ful  and  authorized  validation  of  competence  by  an  authorizing  body  (e.g.,  an  examination  com-­‐mittee  at  institutional  level,  or  some  organization  at  a  national  or  international  level).  It  also  means  that  this  part  of  the  portfolio  must  be  validly  maintained.      3.  Translating  the  professional  work  into  EPAs    Many  schools  or  programs  that  consider  curriculum  development  with  EPAs  already  have  an  existing  framework  or  blueprint  of  educational  objectives,  established  at  local,  regional  or  na-­‐tional  levels.  They  may  have  existing  competencies,  milestones,  problem  lists,  knowledge-­‐skills-­‐attitudes  lists  or  other.  These  can  be  further  enhanced  by  the  use  of  EPAs.  An  EPA-­‐based  compe-­‐tency  curriculum  reframes  those  objectives  in  the  context  of  the  workplace.    Entrustable  profes-­‐sional  activities  are  basically  not  an  educational  concept  but  simply  structured  descriptions  of  professional  work.  Of  course,  the  purpose  of  defining  EPAs  is  to  serve  education.    Curriculum  building  with  EPAs  begins  with  an  elaboration  of  what  professionals  do  in  practice.  This  elabora-­‐tion  is  something  professionals  can  best  do  themselves.  It  is  job  analysis  with  an  educational  purpose  in  mind.  It  resembles  what  Jonassen  et  al.  have  called  “job  task  analysis”,  leading  to  an  overview  of  tasks  sometimes  categorized  with  labels  such  as  frequency  (very  rarely  to  multiple  times  per  day),  importance  (not  to  very)  and  difficulty  to  master  (easy  to  difficult)  (54),  and  framed  in  a  language  that  supervisors  would  use  related  to  a  real  workflow  including  entrust-­‐ment  decisions  for  trainees  at  the  right  time.  For  the  use  of  EPAs  in  health  care  education,  ‘im-­‐portance’  would  also  include  how  critical  it  is  that  the  task  is  done  safely.  Labeling  EPAs  this  way  is  not  always  necessary,  but  it  may  help  trainees  focus  on  the  most  important  experiences.    The  steps  to  be  taken  are  Identifying  EPAs  –  Elaborating  EPAs  –  Validating  EPAs.  

Page 15: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 15  

 3.1  Identifying  EPAs  EPAs  are  units  of  professional  practice  that  can  be  regarded  as  discrete  tasks  or  responsibilities  that  are  only  entrusted  to  a  professional  to  be  executed  unsupervised  if  the  individual  is  suffi-­‐ciently  competent.    EPAs  reflect  what  graduates  of  a  program  or  course  must  be  able  to  do  more  or  less  by  themselves.  Identifying  EPAs  is  usually  an  iterative  back-­‐and-­‐forth  process  among  professionals.    One  useful  method  to  start  is  to  have  a  small  group  of  professionals  with  similar  background  analyze  a  week  of  work  in  the  profession,  starting  Monday  morning  and  ending  Sunday  evening,  at  a  typi-­‐cal  location,  such  as  a  health  care  subspecialty  ward,  and  identify  units  of  work  that  can  serve  as  an  EPA.    To  establish  EPAs  adequate  for  education,  an  important  question  to  ask  is  what  graduates  of  the  program  are  expected  to  do  when  starting  a  new  phase  in  the  trajectory,  such  as  a  residency  after  MD  graduation,  a  fellowship  after  residency  or  unsupervised  practice  after  a  residency  or  fellowship.  Several  authors  have  recently  provided  such  lists  of  activities.  (55,56)  Activities  can  be  small  or  comprehensive.  Clustering  small  activities  into  EPAs  is  an  important  topic  of  debate  and  sometimes  of  confusion.  It  relates  to  the  question  of  how  broad  or  granular  EPAs  should  be,  and  consequently  how  many  EPAs  need  to  be  distinguished.  There  is  no  straight  answer  to  the  ‘right’  breadth  of  EPAs  and  consequently  to  the  number  of    EPAs  to  be  distinguished.  If  the  question  is  “what  is  the  scope  of  responsibility  that  is  covered  when  an  EPA  is  entrusted  to  a  trainee  for  indirect  supervision?”,  then  clearly  big  differences  can  arise  depending  on  the  level  of  trainee  in  question.  The  first  EPA  that  may  be  entrusted  to  a  med-­‐ical  student  could  be  ‘measuring  blood  pressure’.  If  we  consider  this  unit  of  professional  prac-­‐tice,  an  activity  that  one  can  trust  a  trainee  to  complete  unchecked,  then  it  is  a  true  EPA.  But    clearly,  this  tiny  responsibility  can  and  must  be  part  of  a  full  standard  physical  examination  that  is  a  more  logical  unit  for  more  advanced  medical  trainees.    The  full  standard  physical  examina-­‐tion,  in  turn,  can  be  included  in  a  broader  EPA  of  a  standard  outpatient  consultation  that  also  includes  the  history.  In  technical  terminology,  smaller  EPAs  are  nested  within  larger  EPAs  (Fig-­‐ure  2).      

 

Figure  2   Nesting  EPAs  

Page 16: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 16  

 This  leads  to  the  conclusion  that  the  breadth  of  an  EPA  is  related  to  the  end-­‐of-­‐training  program  requirement,  or  the  entrance  requirement  for  the  next  phase  of  training.  Examples  are  the  “EPAs  for  entering  residency”  (57)  or  the  geriatric  “end-­‐of-­‐training  EPAs”  (58).  This  does  not  mean  that  the  EPAs  are  only  mastered  at  the  end  of  that  training  period.  Indeed,  the  key  to  competency-­‐based  training  is  that  EPAs  may  be  mastered  and  awarded  with  decrease  in  supervision  as  soon  as  the  trainee  demonstrates  the  required  competence.  Another  important  consideration  relates  to  the  granularity  of  EPAs.  EPAs  are  meant  to  be  units  of  practice  that  can  be  awarded  a  STAR  (statement  of  awarded  responsibility,  see  section  5),  i.e.  a  formal  acknowledgement  of  the  ability  and  right  to  practice  at  a  certain  level  of  supervision.  As  this  signifies  a  significant  step  towards  joining  a  professional  community,  it  does  not  make  sense  to  distinguish  hundreds  of  small  EPAs,  loosing  their  significance.  Warm  et  al.  have  recently  pro-­‐posed  to  name  such  small  units  ‘observable  practice  activities’  to  be  clustered  in  larger  EPAs.  (59).  Even  for  early  EPAs  such  clustering  makes  sense.  One  proposed  early  EPA  for  a  first  clerk-­‐ship  at  University  Medical  Center,  the  Netherlands  is  ‘Routine  check-­up  of  a  stable  adult  patient’.    This  EPA  includes  measuring  vital  functions  heart  rate,  breathing,  temperature,  blood  pressure,  saturation—by  hand  and  with  devices,  explaining  all  actions  to  the  patient  and  documenting  and  reporting  results  to  the  members  of  the  health  care  team.  Each  of  these  is  an  activity,  but  logical-­‐ly  they  constitute  together  one  EPA  that  allows  for  formal  permission  to  do  all  included  activities  with  only  indirect  supervision.  A  medical  student,  entrusted  with  this  EPA  at  a  level  of  indirect  supervision,  is  trusted  to  do  any  of  these  or  all  of  these  without  a  supervisor  present  in  the  room.  The  breadth  or  size  of  EPAs  is  directly  linked  to  the  number  of  them.  In  an  educational  program,  entrustment  decisions  for  EPAs  are  meant  to  be  significant  moments  that  constitute  increasing  trust  and  increasing  responsibility  in  trainees  aligned  with  a  generally  supported  need  for  pro-­‐gressive  independence  or  autonomy  (51,52,60–63).  To  maintain  their  significance,  such  formal  entrustment  decisions  cannot  be  taken  every  day  or  every  week.  An  EPAs-­‐based  workplace  cur-­‐riculum  should  map  out  a  route  for  individual  trainees  with  summative  entrustment  decisions  at  significant  moments  (3)  that  lead  to  acknowledged  privileges  in  patient  care.  This  approach  leads  to  the  general  recommendation  that  trainees  have  no  more  than  10,  but  preferably  less  moments  per  year  of  certification  for  EPAs.    The  quickly  growing  literature  that  describes  EPAs  for  educational  programs  show  the  following  numbers  of  EPAs  (Table  1),  mostly  aligned  with  this  recommendation.        Table  1.    Numbers  of  EPAs  proposed,  related  to  program  length    Source Program Length

(years) Number of EPAs

Mulder et al 2010 (49) Physician assistant education 2.5 5-8 Boyce et al 2011(42) Psychiatry residency, 1st year 1 4 Jones et al 2011 (47) Pediatric residency 3 17 Hauer et al 2013 (64) General Internal Medicine residency 3 30 Chang et al 2013 (65) Internal Medicine (Patient-Centered Med. Home program) unspec. 25 Shaughnessy et al 2013 (41) Family Medicine residency 3 76 O’Keefe 2013 (66) Developmental-Behavioral Pediatrics residency unspec 14

Page 17: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 17  

Flynn et al 2014 (57) Undergraduate medical education (+ 2.5 year clinical) 2.5 13 Fessler et al 2014 (43) Pulmonary care residency 1-2 18 Fessler et al 2014 (67) Critical Care medicine residency 1-2 13 Rose et al 2014 (48) Gastro-intestinal fellowship 3 13 Caverzagie et al 2014 (40) Internal Medicine residency 3 16 Chen et al 2015 (submitted) Undergraduate medical education pre-clerkship training 2 5    

3.2    Some  common  misunderstandings  Excellent  examples  of  EPAs  may  be  found  in  the  literature  mentioned  in  Table  1  (see  also  the  appendix).  While  most  of  the  EPAs  that  have  been  proposed  comply  with  its  definition  as  given  earlier,  i.e.  observable,  measurable,  having  a  designated  time  frame,  and  being  suitable  for  en-­‐trustment  decision,  some  published  EPAs  may  pose  problems  when  assessment  and  entrust-­‐ment  are  operationalized  (68).  Several  common  misunderstandings  are  useful  to  elaborate.  They  are  illustrated  with  examples  drawn  from  the  published  literature  and  from  conversations  with  educators  designing  EPAs  for  their  programs.    a. EPAs  that  are  not  discrete  tasks  and  unsuitable  for  focused  entrustment  decisions  Examples  Practice  personal  habits  of  lifelong  learning;  Demonstrate  professional  behavior;  Iden-­‐tify  system  failures  and  contribute  to  a  culture  of  safety  and  improvement;  Minimize  unneces-­‐sary  care  including  tests;  Minimize  unfamiliar  terms  during  patient  encounters;  Enhance  patient  safety;  Improve  the  quality  of  health  care.  There  is  no  dispute  that  the  ability  to  do  these  things  is  essential.  It  is  however  difficult  to  envi-­‐sion  a  moment  at  which  trainees  are  entrusted  to  carry  these  out  with  only  indirect  supervision,  before  which  moment  they  should  not  permitted  to  do  this.  They  are  activities,  and  they  are  im-­‐portant,  but  they  do  not  fully  meet  the  EPA  definition.  Rather,  they  are  ongoing  habits  that  should  be  present  as  trainees  mature  to  be  professionals.  They  should  be  addressed  in  educa-­‐tion,  but  are  conditions  for  entrustment  of  various  different  EPAs,  rather  than  EPAs,  units  of  work,  in  themselves.    b. EPAs  that  are  inseparable  from  other  EPAs  Examples  Manage  the  sad  patient;  Recognize  child  abuse.  Somewhat  similar  is  this  caveat.  These  may  be  important  skills,  but  as  sad  patients  may  have  various  diseases  and  may  be  sad  because  of  medical  conditions,  managing  sad  patients  cannot  easily  be  viewed  as  a  stand-­‐alone  EPA.  Rather  one  would  hope  that  most  medical  graduates  would  be  able  to  cope  with  sad  patients  across  various  EPAs.  Recognizing  signs  of  abuse  when  examining  a  child  is  important  but  not  a  stand-­‐alone  EPA.        c. EPA  titles  that  include  reference  to  proficiency  level  Examples  Skillfully  facilitate  a  family  meeting;  Safely  and  efficiently  perform  common  critical  care  procedures;  Evaluate  and  manage  an  acute  or  new  patient  complaint  as  a  21st  century  phy-­‐sician.  Typical  for  EPAs  is  that  as  work  descriptors,  they  contrast,  with  person  descriptors  such  as  competencies,  skill  and  knowledge.  It  is  not  useful  to  refer  to  skill  or  proficiency  in  the  title  of  an  

Page 18: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 18  

EPA.  To  avoid  this,  think  first  of  the  job  that  must  be  done,  and  then  about  a  person  best  equipped  with  skills  to  do  it.  Adjectives  as  to  how  well  the  job  must  be  done  are  not  necessary.  “Skillfully”  would  hold  for  any  EPA,  just  as  carefully,  adequately,  safely;  they  all  connote  the  per-­‐son;  the  job  however  is  neutral.  It  is  helpful  to  keep  titles  short  and  include  specification  and  limitations  in  an  added  elaboration,  unless  the  short  title  would  generate  misunderstanding.  “Share information about the patient’s care, including diagnosis and management plan, with a patient in no significant physical or emotional distress” was proposed as a pre-clerkship EPA (Chen et al, submitted). That is long, but probably necessary to avoid misunderstanding at first sight.    d. EPAs  that  are  too  broad  Example  Care  for  acute  or  new  patients.    This  EPA  is  too  broad,  as  it  includes  almost  all  of  health  care.  A  clear  description  that  includes  limitations,  specified  for  trainees  in  a  general  program,  would  yield  a  very  long  description  that  would  make  the  EPA  impossible  to  evaluate  for  indirect  supervision.  ‘Care’  may  not  have  a  speci-­‐fied  beginning  and  end  and  can  lead  to  different  interpretations  and  confusion  (1).  ‘Care  for  psy-­‐chiatric  patients’  could  include  a  full  profession,  as  if  one  would  consider  acting  as  a  psychiatrist  one  EPA.  The  purpose  of  EPAs  is  the  distinction  of  units  of  practice  that  allows  for  separate  en-­‐trustment  decisions  and  gradually  increasing  responsibilities.    e. EPAs  that  are  discrete  tasks,  but  not  suitable  for  entrustment  decisions  Examples    Designing  a  personal  development  plan;  Elaborating  and  presenting  a  critical  apprais-­‐al  topic  for  colleagues  in  the  department.    These  tasks  may  be  important  for  education  and  for  the  quality  of  work,  but  it  is  not  logical  to  restrict  the  task  to  be  done  with  direct  or  indirect  supervision  only.    Nor  is  it  logical  to  ‘advance’  trainees  to  a  higher  level  of  autonomy  for  these  tasks.    EPAs  can  differ  in  the  degree  they  meet  components  of  the  EPA  definition.  To  illustrate  this,  Ta-­‐ble  2  shows  seven  different  EPAs  that  have  critical  features  related  to  the  question  “can  we  trust  someone  to  do  this”.  The  first  EPA  (performing  a  lumbar  puncture)  is  highly  critical,  even  with  direct  (level  2)  supervision,  because  only  one  person  can  do  this  and,  if  not  done  well,  it  can  re-­‐sult  in  permanent  neurological  disability.  The  last  EPA  is  low  risk,  not  at  all  irreversible  and  has  basically  no  consequences  for  safe  health  care.  EPAs  1  to  5  could  be  called  true  EPAs,  6  and  7  may  rather  not  be  called  EPAs.    

 Table  2      Sample  of  suggested  EPAs  ranked  by  typicality  of  being  an  EPA  

 

Features

Activity

High Risk Irreversible in its con-

sequences

Inherently dependent on

one actor

Key to safe health care on the spot

Is this typi-cally an EPA?

1. Performing a lumbar punc- ++   +++   +++   +++   yes

Page 19: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 19  

ture

2. Conducting a laparoscopic cholecystectomy

+++   ++   ++   +++   yes

3. Prescribing critical medica-tion

+   +   -­   ++   yes

4. Breaking bad news to a patient

+/-­   +/-­   -­  -­   +/-­   yes

5. Designing and presenting a new therapy protocol

-­   -­   -­  -­   +   yes

6. Conducting a literature review

-­  -­   -­   -­   -­   no

7. Designing a personal development plan

-­  -­    -­  -­   +   -­  -­   no

 We  recommend  ‘conducting  a  literature  review’  not  to  consider  an  EPA,  as  one  cannot  envision  an  entrustment  decision  before  which  a  trainee  is  not  permitted  to  do  this  unsupervised.  Design-­‐ing  one’s  personal  development  plan  is  actually  not  a  task  that  is  part  of  the  necessary  tasks  that  must  be  carried  out  by  the  profession.  One  way  to  think  of  EPAs  is  to  imagine  a  list  of  tasks  that  must  be  done  and  then  to  think  who  would  be  best  equipped  to  do  these  tasks.  They  may,  in  some  form,  feature  on  personnel  advertisements  when  new  staff  is  hired.  No  one  would  hire  personnel  to  design  their  own  personal  development  plan.    Are  all  activities  of  professionals  EPAs,  and  do  all  EPAs  together  cover  the  profession?  As  stated  above,  mapping  a  workplace  curriculum  in  EPAs  aims  at  covering  all  professional  ac-­‐tivities  that  a  program  envisions  their  graduates  should  have  mastered  to  be  ready  for  practice  or  for  continued  education  in  an  advanced  course,  such  as  a  fellowship.  If  this  is  true  and  feasi-­‐ble,  the  question  arises  do  professionals  ever  do  things  that  are  not  EPAs?  The  answer  is  yes,  very  often,  and  this  is  a  source  of  confusion  that  requires  clarification.  First,  not  all  activities  are  professional  activities  in  the  strict  sense  of  EPAs.  Professional  activities  are  those  that  non-­‐professionals  are  not  usually  trained,  equipped  or  permitted  to  do(1).  Some  things  physicians  do  may  only  be  indirectly  related  to  health  care  execution  (such  as  personal  development  activities)  and  could  not  be  envisioned  as  permitted  only  with  close  supervision  until  entrustment.  Other  activities  are  not  stand-­‐alone  EPAs,  such  as  ‘cost  effective  utilization  of  resources’  or  ‘applying  methods  to  maximize  adequate  patient  experience’.  Recalling  to  mind  the  matrix-­‐mapping  ap-­‐proach  described  earlier  (Figure  1),  these  ‘activities’  are  component  approaches  to  EPAs,  includ-­‐ed  in  competencies  such  as  professionalism,  management,  or  systems-­‐based  practice.  They  are  important  to  verify  when  trusting  trainees  to  execute  genuine  EPAs,  such  as  “evaluating  and  managing  low-­‐acuity,  low  complexity  stable  patients  in  the  ER”,  but  they  are  not  EPAs  in  the  true  sense.  A  profession,  e.g.  a  medical  specialty,  can  be  defined  broadly  or  more  narrow.  The  core  EPAs  of  a  profession  can  constitute  the  …  

Page 20: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 20  

EPAs  constitute  standards  for  expected  professional  practice  for  all  graduates.  Core,  and  in  some  jurisdictions,  specialty-­‐specific  EPAs  designate  minimum  requirements.  This  sounds  minimalis-­‐tic,  but  it  only  means  that  standards  for  every  graduate  are  by  definition  minimum  standards.  Many  graduates,  and  hopefully  most,  may  distinguish  themselves  on  top  of  this,  by  their  excel-­‐lence  above  expectation,  and  by  unexpected  personal  skills  and  qualities  they  bring  to  the  work-­‐place.    We  cannot  capture  these  extras  in  EPAs  as  they  are  often  unique  qualities  that  we  truly  value  but  cannot  ‘measure’  in  any  objective  sense.        3.3  Elaborating  EPAs    For  educational  purposes  it  is  not  sufficient  to  identify  EPAs  as  a  simple  list  of  tasks  by  titles.  The  reason  is  that  most  formulations  of  tasks  are  multi-­‐interpretable.  To  enable  an  entrustment  de-­‐cision  (“the  trainee  may  now  do  this  with  only  indirect  supervision”),  there  must  be  specifica-­‐tions.  To  illustrate  this,  if  the  EPA  is  “Gather  a  history  and  perform  a  physical  examination”,  the  entrustment  decision  must  include  specifications  and  limitations.  A  near-­‐death  multi-­‐trauma  patient  after  a  major  accident  arriving  at  an  ER  must  be  examined  by  a  trauma  team;  a  medical  student  would  not  be  trusted  to  gather  the  history  and  perform  the  physical  examination  with  this  patient.  Clearly,  this  EPA  has  multiple  variants.  For  the  medical  student,  high-­‐risk,  high-­‐complexity  patients  requiring  urgent  care  must  be  excluded.    In  addition,  the  matrix-­‐approach  to  using  EPAs  requires  a  specification  of  which  competencies,  sub-­‐competencies,  knowledge,  skill  and  behaviors  should  be  present  before  the  trainee  may  be  trusted  to  perform  unsupervised  or  with  only  indirect  supervision.  Also,  a  plan  for  assessment  is  needed  to  guide  trainees  in  their  preparation  for  entrustment  decisions.  The  recommended  full  description  of  an  EPA  therefore  includes  the  rubrics  as  mentioned  in  Ta-­‐ble  3,  evolved  from  earlier  versions  of  this  format  (3,49).  Some  of  these  rubrics  refer  to  assess-­‐ment,  supervision  levels  and  entrustment  decision-­‐making  explained  later  in  this  Guide.    Table  3     Components  of  a  fully  described  EPA    1. Title  of  the  EPA  

 

An  EPA  title  should  be  concise  and  informative,  i.e.  readily  understood.  As  it  only  reflects  work,  it  should  not  be  state  as  a  learning  objective  or  skill,  merely  as  an  activity.  Try  to  limit  to  10  words  or  less.  

2. Specification  and  limitations  

This  specification  should  clearly  list  what  is  included  in  the  activity  and  what  is  not  included,  given  the  level  of  the  intended  trainees.  It  should  also  include  the  context  and  targeted  transition  (e.g.,  entering  residen-­‐cy,  fellowship,  autonomous  practice)  

3. Most  relevant  do-­‐mains  of  competence    

This  section  relates  the  EPA  to  the  competency  framework  used.  Those  competencies,  sub-­‐competencies  or  domains  of  competence  of  the  framework  that  are  most  applicable  may  be  mentioned.    

4. Required  experience,  knowledge,  skills,  at-­‐titude  and  behavior  

Trainees  should  be  aware  what  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  are  ex-­‐pected  before  they  can  be  trusted  to  carry  out  the  EPA;  this  will  help  them  to  prepare  for  entrustment.  It  may  also  be  helpful  to  understand  which  workplace  experiences  are  considered  necessary  before  en-­‐

Page 21: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 21  

trustment  (type  of  rotation,  type  of  patients,  number  of  procedures).    

5. Assessment  informa-­‐tion  sources  to  assess  progress  and  ground  a  summative  en-­‐trustment  decision  

Teachers  should  be  aware  what  sources  of  information  should  be  used  to  determine  progress.  That  can  be  observed  behavior  or  skill  at  the  bedside  or  at  morning  reports  meetings,  a  skills  test,  information  from  colleagues,  nursing  and  patients,  a  double-­‐checked  procedure,  a  case-­‐based  discussion  and  other  sources.    For  trainees  as  well  as  teachers  it  is  important  to  state  how  many  times  an  EPA  or  its  constituent  parts  must  have  been  observed  to  enable  taking  a  summative  entrustment  decision,  and  to  state  who  takes  this  decision.  It  is  highly  recommended  that  multiple  staff  members  sign  off  such  decisions.  Supervisors  should  feel  personal  responsibility  of  these  important  decisions.  

6. Entrustment  for  which  level  of  super-­‐vision  is  to  be  reached  at  which  stage  of  training?  

The  consequence  of  an  entrustment  decision  is  stated  as  the  permission  to  act  under  a  designated  level  of  supervision  (e.g.  indirect  supervision,  or  distant  supervision)  not  generally  permitted  before  that  time    

Next,  it  is  necessary  to  state  at  which  transition  of  training  trainees  must  ultimately  master  the  EPA  at  that  level.    Graduation  should  re-­‐quire  that  all  core  EPAs  of  the  program  be  mastered.  

When  building  an  individual  workplace  curriculum  it  is  useful  to  esti-­‐mate  when  this  trainee  is  expected  to  receive  the  entrustment  decision,  based  on  prior  training  and  expected  rotations  and  experiences.    

7. Expiry  date     Optional  but  recommended  is  stating  expiry  dates.  Entrustment  should  drop  if  no  maintenance  of  competence  for  this  EPA  happens,  e.g.  over  a  period  one  up  to  five  years,  depending  on  the  EPA.  Revalidation  may  be  a  marginal  or  a  more  substantive  check.  

   Most  of  the  rows  of  this  description  can  be  more  or  less  generalized  and  applicable  to  EPAs  in  multiple  settings  (departments,  hospitals,  clinics).  Some  may  be  affected  by  local  jurisdictions.  As  appendices  to  this  guide  examples  of  EPAs  are  provided  for  undergraduate  and  postgraduate  medical  education  and  for  veterinary  medicine.  The  text  table  shows  one  early  undergraduate  EPA  as  designed  at  UMC  Utrecht.    

 Table  4    Example  of  an  early  EPA  in  undergraduate  medical  education      1. Title  of  the  EPA   Routine  check-­up  of  the  stable  adult  patient  

 2. Specification  and  limitations  

This  EPA  includes  no  more  and  no  less  than  1. Measuring  vital  parameters  heart  rate,  respiratory  rate,  tempera-­‐

ture,  blood  pressure,  saturation  2. Explaining  all  actions  to  the  patient  3. Reporting  results  to  the  health  care  team  including  interpretation,  

orally  and/or  written  Context  ambulatory  and  inpatient  setting  Targeted  transition  first  fulltime  clinical  clerkship  to  next  clerkship  

Page 22: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 22  

Limitations  only  with  circulatory  stable  patients  of  18  year  and  older    

3. Most  relevant  do-­‐mains  of  competence    

X  Medical  Expert   "  Health  Advocate      X  Communicator   "  Scholar  X  Collaborator       "  Professional  "      Manager    

4. Required  experience,  knowledge,  skills,  at-­‐titude  and  behavior  

Knowledge    -­‐ basic  knowledge  of  anatomy  including  relevant  arteries  -­‐ normal  values  of  vital  parameters  Skill  -­‐ skill  in  using  necessary  devices  to  measure  vital  parameters  -­‐ recognition  of  stable  and  unstable  patients  Attitude  and  behavior  -­‐ professional  communication  with  the  patient  -­‐ proactive  alertness  in  case  of  adverse  events  -­‐ willingness  to  ask  for  help  if  needed    Experience    -­‐ all  measurements  done  at  least  5  times    

5. Assessment  informa-­‐tion  sources  to  assess  progress  and  ground  a  summative  en-­‐trustment  decision    

-­‐ Observation  satisfactory  observation  of  all  measurements  at  least  fully  twice  by  experienced  health  care  professionals  (nurse,  physi-­‐cian  or  other)  

-­‐ Case-­‐based  discussions  one  CBD  with  an  qualified  health  care  pro-­‐fessional    

6. Entrustment  for  which  level  of  super-­‐vision  is  to  be  reached  at  which  stage  of  training?  

Indirect  supervision  (level  3)  ultimately  before  the  transition  to  the  second  full  time  clinical  clerkship  

7. Expiry  date     One  year  without  practice  after  summative  entrustment  decision    

   

3.4  Validating  EPAs  EPAs  should  be  as  relevant  and  correct  as  possible,  and  supported  by  those  who  work  with  it.  With  validation  we  therefore  primarily  aim  at  content  validation  of  EPAs  (Is  an  EPA  truly  part  of  work,  does  it  comply  with  the  EPA  definition  and  is  it  fit  for  its  purpose?).  Validation  of  EPAs  aims  to  align  them  as  closely  as  possible  with  common  requirements  for  graduates  from  the  program  or  similar  programs  and  should  lead  to  wide  and  well-­‐founded  recognition  of  entrusted  EPAs.  Validating  a  set  of  EPAs  also  aims  at  covering  the  full  professional  domain.  Content  valida-­‐tion  can  be  done  by  comparing  EPAs  with  existing  documents  such  as  curricular  blueprints  and  publications  in  the  literature,  or  with  the  opinion  of  experts,  or  by  combining  these.  Soliciting  expert  opinions  serves  not  only  the  purpose  of  improving  the  quality  of  the  set  of  EPAs,  but  also  informs  and  involves  faculty  who  may  be  working  with  these  EPAs  in  the  future.  Evidence  for  content  validity  of  EPAs  can  be  gathered  with  several  techniques  as  elaborated  below.  A  study  

Page 23: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 23  

by  Chen  et  al  shows  one  excellent  example  various  approaches  can  be  used  (Chen  et  al,  submit-­‐ted).    Expert  meetings.  Chang  et  al  gathered  a  wide  range  of  internal  medicine  experts  (program  di-­‐rectors,  clinicians,  educators,  researchers)  at  a  national  two-­‐day  meeting  preceded  by  multiple  email  and  telephone  preparatory  conversations  reviewing  the  literature.  At  the  summit  three  sessions  were  held  with  different  compositions  of  delegates  to  refine  EPAs,  resulting  in  a  con-­‐sensus  list  (65),  somewhat  similar  to  a  procedure  conducted  by  Fessler  et  al  (43).  Chen  et  al  used  the  opportunity  at  local,  national  and  international  education  conferences  to  conduct  struc-­‐tured  group  discussions  to  refine  pre-­‐clerkship  EPAs  (Chen  et  al,  in  preparation).  Leipzig  et  al  describe  how  two  national  meetings  of  geriatricians,  a  year  apart,  were  used  to  validate  EPAs  in  geriatrics,  proposed  by  a  working  group.  (58)    Surveys  and  interviews  among  experts.  Boyce  et  al  surveyed  470  fellows  of  the  Australia  and  New  Zealand  College  of  Psychiatry  with  30  proposed  EPAs  for  psychiatry  training,  asking  which  should  safely  be  entrusted  to  unsupervised  residents  at  the  end  of  the  first  year,  leading  to  four  priorities,  subsequently  developed  into  EPAs.(42)  Spenkelink  et  al  interviewed  urologists  with  the  question  what  of  your  work  would  be  suitable  to  trust  well-­‐trained  physician  assistants  to  take  over  as  EPAs  (70).    Delphi  procedure.  In  a  Delphi  procedure  experts  are  approached  individually  to  answer  a  sur-­‐vey,  are  then  fed  back  its  aggregated  results  to  refine  their  original  responses  and  repeat  this  in  a  third  round  if  necessary.  Hauer  et  al  applied  this  technique  among  22  educators  and  12  resi-­‐dents  at  three  hospitals  (64)  and  Shaughnessy  among  21  experts  for  family  medicine  residency  (41).  Delphi  procedures  are  being  used  regionally  to  establish  validity  of  EPAs  for  end  of  under-­‐graduate  medical  education  at  Charité  University  medical  school  in  Berlin  (Peters  et  al,  in  prepa-­‐ration),  for  residency  training  in  anesthesiology  in  the  Netherlands  (Wisman-­‐Zwarter  et  al  in  preparation),  and  for  undergraduate  veterinary  training  in  the  Netherlands  (Duijn  et  al  in  prepa-­‐ration).    Nominal  group  technique.  Touchie  and  colleagues  used  a  nominal  group  technique  to  identify  EPAs  that  residents  in  their  first  year  in  multiple  specialties  should  accomplish  doing  indepen-­‐dently.  She  asked  8  subject  matter  experts  during  a  brainstorm  session  to  each  list  as  many  EPAs  as  possible  that  could  meet  this  condition,  yielding  25.  A  consensus  discussion  in  the  group  led  to  10  EPAs  that  subsequently  were  ratified  by  a  national  panel  of  9  medical  educators  (71).    Q-­sort.  One  way  to  validate  and  prioritize  EPAs  for  an  educational  program  is  with  the  Q-­‐sort  technique.  This  method  was  applied  by  Englander  after  publication  of  the  Core  EPAs  for  Enter-­‐ing  Residency  (57).  The  Q-­‐sort  method  assumes  that  many  variables  naturally  show  a  normal  distribution.  An  interested  group  at  an  international  medical  education  meeting  was  asked  to  sort  and  prioritize  the  13  EPAs  on  cards  according  their  importance  and  need  of  attention  in  undergraduate  medical  education.  In  a  picture  of  a  normal  distribution  curve,  13  slots  were  made,  and  the  EPAs  were  placed  in  the  slots  according  to  their  respective  positions  and  the  sub-­‐

Page 24: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 24  

sequent  discussion  focused  on  high  and  low  scoring  EPAs,  while  the  bulk  could  be  placed  near  the  center  of  the  curve.      Table  5     Strategies  described  in  the  literature  to  validate  EPAs  among  experts    Strategy Explanation References to examples Expert mee-tings, national or international

Meetings of experts during conferences or gathered for this purpose are used to build consensus about EPAs

Chang et al 2012 (65); Fessler et al 2014 ; Chen (in pre-paration); Hauer et al 2013 (72) Caverzagie et al (40)

Surveys Asking an expert populations to score the validity of EPAs for a designated purpose

Boyce et al 2011 (42)

Delphi proce-dure (73)

Carefully selected experts are surveyed with a list of EPAs to score their validity on a scale; aggregated results are pre-sented to the subjects to refine their original score. If needed, a third round is conducted.

Fessler et al 2014(43) ; Hauer et al 2012 (64); Wisman-Zwarter et al (in preparation); Duijn et al (in preparation); Peters et al (in preparation)

Nominal group technique (73)

Establish a listing of potential EPAs among an expert group until no new EPAs can be thought of. Then refine the list by grouping and prioritizing to finalize with a best consensus list.

Touchie et al 2014 (71)

Interviews Program directors can be interviewed asking “what activities would you expect incoming residents be able to do without direct supervision” or hospital department heads about which EPAs newly hired specialists should be able to do autono-mously.

Westerveld et al 2004 (74); Spenkelink et al (70)

Q sort Prioritizing EPAs on cards using slots that together resemble a normal curve

Englander et al (AMEE meeting 2014)

   When  validating  EPAs  through  surveys  or  Delphi  procedures,  it  is  of  great  importance  that  re-­‐spondents  are  aware  of  the  EPA  definition.  Suggested  but  faulty  EPAs  such  as  “Minimize  unnec-­‐essary  diagnostic  tests”  may  be  endorsed  as  very  important  by  many  respondents,  or  added  to  a  list,  if  additions  are  asked  for.  However,  it  should  not  be  identified  as  an  EPA  as  it  does  not  meet  EPA  requirements  (1)  and  it  is  not  a  task  that  can  move  from  being  directly  supervised  to  indi-­‐rectly  supervised.  Validating  EPAs  often  also  serves  buy-­‐in  by  an  important  target  group.  Once  adopted,  faulty  EPAs  are  more  difficult  to  correct.  This  makes  a  combination  of  survey  and  face-­‐to-­‐face  validation  procedures  that  allow  for  explanation  useful.    

 

4.    Building  and  maintaining  an  individualized  workplace  curriculum  with  EPAs  

 

A  workplace  curriculum  in  health  professions  education  is  an  important  part  of  a  full  curriculum.  While  much  of  a  curriculum  is  preferably  standardized  and  uniform  for  all  students,  workplace  curricula  are  far  less  standardized  and  hence  different  for  each  student.  In  a  competency-­‐based  curriculum  model  individual  adaptations  in  curricula  are  necessary,  guided  by  workplace  and  

Page 25: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 25  

practice  experiences.  While  standards  can  and  must  be  adopted,  the  pathways  for  individual  trainees  must  be  flexible  (16),  and  depend  on  both  personal  qualities  and  the  context  of  the  workplaces  that  characterize  their  particular  training.    Building  a  workplace  curriculum  using  a  set  of  validated  EPAs  can  be  viewed  as  a  task-­based  instructional  strategy,  described  by  Merill  (75),  following  his  five  research-­‐based  ‘first  principles  of  instruction’  (1)  Task  centered  –  learning  is  promoted  when  learners  acquire  concepts  and  principles  in  the  context  of  real  world  tasks,  (2)  Activation  –  learning  is  promoted  when  learners  activate  relevant  prior  knowledge,  (3)  Demonstration  –  learning  is  promoted  when  learners  observe  a  demonstration  of  skills  to  be  learned,  (4)  Application  –  learning  is  promoted  when  learners  apply  their  newly  acquired  knowledge  and  skill,  and  (5)  Integration  –  learning  is  pro-­‐moted  when  learners  integrate  their  new  skills  into  their  everyday  life.  A  curriculum  focused  on  EPAs  with  the  prospect  of  acquiring  the  permission  to  execute  these  with  no  or  indirect  supervi-­‐sion  follows  just  that  strategy.      4.1  A  general  framework  for  the  workplace  curriculum  Workplace  curriculum  building  begins  with  mapping  the  expected  moments  of  entrustment  de-­‐cisions  for  EPAs  against  the  years  of  training,  in  a  way  that  can  be  adapted  for  individual  trainees  if  necessary  at  any  time.    In  Figure  3,  five  EPAs  of  a  program  show  how  trainees  are  expected  to  increase  (in  darker  shades)  in  the  competence  until  they  have  reached  a  moment  at  which  they  are  expected  to  be  trusted  to  perform  this  activity  unsupervised,  or  in  some  cases,  such  as  un-­‐dergraduate  medical  education,  to  do  this  with  only  indirect  supervision.  The  stars  represent  the  Statements  of  Awarded  Responsibility,  following  formal  and  summative  entrustment  decisions  (3,37).  Entrustment  for  EPAs  A,  C  and  E  is  expected  to  be  reached  later  than  for  EPAs  B  and  D.  When  a  new  trainee  starts,  a  tailored  version  of  the  framework  may  be  made,  depending  on  the  structure  of  the  workplace  curriculum,  and  the  length,  nature  and  sequencing  of  rotations  and  also  on  previously  acquired  competencies  of  the  trainee.  An  individualized  framework  should  be  agreed  upon  with  the  trainee  and  can  be  viewed  as  a  learning  contract  with  committed  efforts  on  both  sides  practice  effort  for  the  trainee,  supervision  and  coaching  from  teachers.        Figure  3     A  general  workplace  curriculum  framework           PGY 1 PGY 2 PGY 3 PGY 4

EPA  A                  EPA  B                  EPA  C                  EPA  D                  EPA  E                      4.2     Supervision  levels  related  to  entrustment  decisions  Entrustment  decisions  require  a  specification  of  what  exactly  is  decided.    Trust  relates  to  the  acceptance  that  the  trustee  is  permitted  to  act  in  the  circumstance  that  risks  are  not  excluded.  Trainees  may  be  trusted  and  licensed  to  drive  a  car  unsupervised  when  adequate  driving  skill  

Page 26: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 26  

and  relevant  knowledge  has  been  demonstrated.  Their  competence  has  reached  a  threshold  that  permits  them  to  do  this.  The  risk  of  accidents  is  now  considered  low  and  manageable.    For  trainees  in  the  health  care  domain,  a  more  subtle  transition  between  full  supervision  and  unsupervised  practice  aligns  better  with  heath  care  practice.    The  five  levels  of  decreasing  su-­‐pervision,  most  used  when  applying  EPAs,  are  as  follows  (2,3,37).  Figure  4  states  the  trainee’s  permissions,  related  to  supervision  levels.      Figure  4       General  framework  of  permissions,  related  to  supervision  levels  Level  1     Be  merely  present  and  observe  Level  2       Act  with  direct,  pro-­‐active  supervision,  i.e.  with  a  supervisor  physically  present  in  the  

room  Level  3       Act  with  indirect,  re-­‐active  supervision,  i.e.  readily  available  on  request  Level  4       Act  without  supervision  readily  available,  but  with  post-­‐hoc  report  or  distant     su-­‐pervision  Level  5       Provide  supervision  to  junior  trainees    Trainees  and  their  environment  should  know  at  any  moment  at  which  level  they  formally  can  act  for  any  given  EPA.  This  does  preclude  that,  anticipating  a  next  level,  supervisors  can  and  should  grant  ad-­hoc  permissions,  to  allow  trainees  to  start  acting  with  less  supervision,  for  educational  purposes.  In  educational  terminology,  the  ‘zone  of  proximal  development’  (76)  is  used  to  pre-­‐pare  student  for  a  summative    entrustment  decision  that  permits  them  to  act  under  the  specified  level  of  supervision  without  explicit  instruction  (see  chapter  5  for  a  more  detailed  explanation  of  ad-­‐hoc  or  formative  versus  summative  entrustment  decisions).  This  supervision  framework  aligns  with  the  standards  of  the  US  Accreditation  Council  for  Grad-­‐uate  Medical  Education  (ACGME).  Level  2  equates  with  ACGME’s  ‘direct  supervision’,  Level  3    with  ‘indirect  supervision’  and  Level  4  with  ‘Oversight’  (77).    These  standards  are  important  as  they  are  increasingly  used  to  accredit  hospitals  for  quality  and  safety,  specifying  to  what  extent  workers  are  permitted  to  act  according  to  their  documented  skills.  If  applied  to  the  general  framework,  an  individual  curriculum  can  be  built,  showing  not  only  the  moment  at  which  the  major  level  4  decision  is  to  be  taken  but  also  the  other  levels  of  supervision  (Figure  5)  (4).  This  example  may  be  the  results  of  an  agreement  with  the  student,  based,  for  in-­‐stance,  on  documented  prior  experience  with  EPA  D,  to  enable  an  early  higher-­‐level  start.  Such  agreement  can  and  should  of  course  not  lead  to  the  right  to  work  unsupervised  from  a  pre-­‐designated  moment,  if  competence  has  not  yet  been  demonstrated,  but  it  gives  direction  to  ex-­‐pectations  for  trainees  and  supervisors.    Flexibility  to  adapt  moments  of  entrustment  decisions  is  needed  to  realize  true  competency-­‐based  education.        Figure  5     An  individualized  workplace  curriculum  framework  with  expected  super-­

vision  levels    Individual workplace curriculum

PGY 1 PGY 2 PGY 3 PGY 4

EPA  A     1   2   2   3   4   4   5  

Page 27: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 27  

EPA  B   1   2   3   3   4   4   4   5  EPA  C     1   1   2   3   3   4   4  EPA  D   2   2   2   3   4   5   5   5  EPA  E   1   1   2   3   3   4   4   4      This  figure  only  shows  a  very  schematic  version  of  the  time  frame.  In  this  example,  EPA  E  could  be  practiced  at  level  2  from  the  beginning  of  the  first  semester  of  program  year  2.  But  gradually,  say  after  a  few  weeks,  EPA  E  could  be  practiced  ad  hoc  at  level  3,  with  frequent  close  observa-­‐tion,  to  make  sure  that  by  the  end  of  that  semester  a  formal  and  summative  entrustment  deci-­‐sion  can  be  taken  that  allows  for  working  at  level  3  from  the  beginning  of  second  semester  on.  At  start  of  a  new  a  clinical  rotation  there  may  be  a  verification  of  the  level  that  the  trainee’s  portfo-­‐lio  or  digital  badge  indicates  he  or  she  has  be  certified  for.  Next,  a  supervisor  may  allow  the  trainee  to  take  more  responsibility  on  ad-­‐hoc  basis  to  enable  monitoring  whether  he  or  she  can  be  ready  to  be  entrusted  with  a  higher  level  of  autonomy  and  advise  a  program  director  or  the  trainee  to  opt  for  more  autonomy  at  a  next  progress  interview.  The  framework  in  Figure  5  is  widely  used  and  appears  adequate  for  postgraduate  medical  train-­‐ing.  For  undergraduate  training,  Chen  et  al  have  recently  recommended  a  more  granular  frame-­‐work  of  supervision  levels.  (78)  depicted  in  Table  6.    

Table  6     General  framework  of  permissions,  elaborated  for  undergraduate  medical  education  

 

Standard  entrustment  and  su-­pervision  framework  

Granular  entrustment  and  supervision  framework  proposed  for  undergraduate  medical  education  (79)  

1. Not  allowed  to  practice  EPA   1. Not  allowed  to  practice  EPA  

1a.  Not  allowed  to  be  present  because  of  insuffi-­‐cient  background  for  safe  care  

1b.  Allowed  to  be  present  and  observe  

2. Allowed  to  practice  EPA  on-­‐ly  under  proactive,  full  su-­‐pervision  

2. Allowed  to  practice  EPA  only  under  proactive,  full  supervision  

2a.  As  co-­‐activity  with  supervisor  

2b.  Alone,  but  with  a  supervisor  in  room  ready  to  step  in  if  needed  

3. Allowed  to  practice  EPA  on-­‐ly  under  reactive/on-­‐demand  supervision  

3. Allowed  to  practice  EPA  only  under  reactive/on-­‐demand  supervision  

3a.  With  supervisor  immediately  available,  all  find-­‐ings  being  double  checked  

3b.  With  supervisor  immediately  available,  key  findings  being  double  checked  

3c.  With  supervisor  distantly  available  (e.g.  by  phone),  findings  being  reviewed  

Page 28: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 28  

4. Allowed  to  practice  EPA  un-­‐supervised  

4. Allowed  to  practice  EPA  unsupervised  

5. Allowed  to  supervise  others  in  the  practice  of  this  EPA  

5. Allowed  to  supervise  others  in  the  practice  of  this  EPA  

 

4.3    Task-­based  instructional  strategy  To  prepare  trainees  for  professional  tasks,  EPAs  may  lead  to  mini-­‐curricula,  derived  from  their  description  (see  table  XX).  While  the  professional  context  may  not  be  altered  for  educational  purposes,  experiences  of  trainees  can  be  influenced  by  selecting  and  sequencing  of  activities  (Chen  et  al,  submitted).  Complex  EPAs  may  require  Merill’s  Demonstration,  Application  and  In-­‐tegration  phases  (75),  or  may  require  preceding  practice  in  a  simulated  environment  or  self-­‐directed  study  effort  (80)  shortly  before  entering  the  workplace.    In  the  workplace,  regular  coaching,  role  modeling,  instruction  for  specific  EPAs,  and  practice  opportunities  with  frequent,  specific  feedback  are  conducive  to  learning.  The  most  important  strategy  is  regular,  ongoing  contact  with  a  preceptor  for  coaching  and  the  provision  of  feedback.  In  medical  courses  this  need  for  continuity  is  increasingly  being  stressed  and  often  operationalized  through  longitudinal  integrated  clerkships  (81–84).  Indeed,  time  is  needed  to  build  the  trust  that  is  necessary  for  entrustment  decisions  (85).    4.4     Connecting  EPAs  and  competencies  with  milestones  and  supervision  levels.  Milestones  are  behavioral  descriptions  on  a  scale  that  indicates  a  developmental  trajectory.  In  2013  and  2014  the  Accreditation  Council  for  Graduate  Medical  Education  (ACGME)  of  the  United  States  mandated  that  all  residency  programs  in  the  United  States  develop  Milestones,  defined  as  a  set  of  5  descriptors  for  each  sub-­‐competency  that  a  residency  had  developed  under  the  six  broad  ACGME  competency-­‐domains  (patient  care,  medical  knowledge,  interpersonal  &  commu-­‐nication  skill,  professionalism,  systems-­‐based  practice  and  practice-­‐based  learning  &  improve-­‐ment).  The  question  arises  how  milestones  and  (sub-­‐)  competencies  connect  with  EPAs  and  su-­‐pervision  levels.  This  can  best  be  illustrated  with  a  figure.  Figure  6  shows  an  EPA  at  the  left  side  (65).  Among  the  six  ACGME  competency  domains  two  are  identified  as  being  particularly  rele-­‐vant  for  this  EPA  and  given  two  asterisks.  In  practice  each  domain  would  show  several  sub-­‐competencies,  but  for  reasons  of  clarity  they  are  left  out.  The  milestones  next  to  the  competency-­‐domains  show  shades  of  grey.  In  reality  these  cells  are  descriptions  of  trainee  behavior  devel-­‐opment  toward  competence  and  proficiency.  The  arrows  show  how  trainees  must  align  with  multiple  behavior  descriptions  to  be  allowed  to  conduct  this  EPA  under  direct,  or  indirect  su-­‐pervision  or  with  no  supervision.    Readers  interested  to  see  such  behavior  description  are  re-­‐ferred  to  two  supplements  of  the  Journal  of  Graduate  Medical  Education  (June  2013  and  June  2014)  for  postgraduate  programs  and  to  Englander  et  al  2014  (57)  for  undergraduate  medical  education.  The  latter  distinguishes  only  two  levels  (pre-­‐entrustable  learners  and  entrustable  learners).  The  descriptions  can  be  a  great  help  for  educators  to  develop  an  understanding  how  trainees  impress  at  various  stages  of  development.      

Page 29: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 29  

Figure  6   Connecting  EPAs  and  competencies  with  milestones  and  supervision  levels.  

     4.5     Core,  specific  and  elective  EPAs  Various  authors  have  proposed  to  distinguish  different  type  of  EPAs  within  one  program.  (57,79)  Core  EPAs  should  be  those  mastered  at  a  specified  level  (“unsupervised  practice”  for  residents;  “Indirect  supervision”  for  medical  students)  by  all  trainees  in  the  program.  In  other  words,  the  is  no  possibility  of  graduating  and  finishing  the  program  if  any  of  these  is  not  mas-­‐tered  at  the  required  level,  compliant  with  the  fundamental  philosophy  of  competency-­‐based  medical  education  (24,86).  Core  EPAs,  such  as  those  proposed  for  undergraduate  medical  educa-­‐tion  in  the  USA  (57)  by  virtue  of  its  name  imply  that  non-­‐core  EPAs  also  should  exist.    In  residen-­‐cy  training,  non-­‐core  EPAs  may  pertain  to  focus  areas  of  interest.  As  an  example,  the  proposed  EPA-­‐based  new  national  curriculum  in  Radiology  &  Nuclear  Medicine  in  the  Netherlands  expects  every  graduate  to  choose  one  or  two  focus  areas,  to  supplement  the  core  EPAs  in  radiology.  (87)  As  there  are  EPAs  for  eight  focus  areas  (e.g.,  cardio-­‐thoracic  radiology,  pediatric  radiology,  inter-­‐vention  radiology)  these  are  sub-­‐specialty  specific  EPAs.  They  allow  for  flexibility  of  competen-­‐cy-­‐based  training,  as  some  residents  will  end  training  being  certified  for  two  focus  areas  and  others  with  only  one  focus  area.  Chen  et  al  have  proposed  elective  EPAs  next  to  core  and  specialty-­‐specific  EPAs  in  undergradu-­‐ate  medical  education.  Students  may,  if  time  permits  given  their  superb  progression,  attempt  to  become  certified  for  one  or  more  additional  EPAs  of  their  choice  (79).            5.     Monitoring  and  assessing  trainees  using  entrustment  decisions  for  EPAs    

Page 30: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 30  

The  final  step  in  consolidating  an  EPA-­‐based  competency  curriculum  is  making  sure  that  the  major  “milestones”  for  the  trainees  for  such  curriculum,  i.e.  the  decisions  to  entrust  them  with  meaningful  tasks  for  the  professional  community,  are  well  founded,  serve  as  landmarks  to  guide  trainees  in  their  learning  activities  and  are  the  focus  of  feedback  and  monitoring  by  preceptors.  Making  entrustment  decisions  may  be  viewed  as  a  specific  approach  to  assessment.  Instead  of  using  neutral  value  statements  such  as  numbers  or  labels  on  a  scale  (1-­‐10,  A-­‐E,  fail  to  outstand-­‐ing)  the  focus  with  EPAs  is  on  a  statement  about  the  level  of  required  supervision.  By  doing  this,  educational  objectives  are  linked  to  health  care  and  patient  safety  objectives  (88).  Translated  to  every-­‐day  wordings,  the  questions  for  the  staff  are  Can  I  leave  the  room?  Do  I  need  to  return  to  check?  Can  the  trainee  finish  without  me?  Can  the  trainee  manage  the  admission  of  a  patient  without  proactive  assistance?  Can  the  trainee  now  do  this  procedure,  manage  the  case,  work  the  apparatus,  chair  the  meeting,  hand  over  the  patient  et  cetera  without  support?  This  is  a  different  way  of  thinking  than  the  mental  transformation  clinical  teachers  usually  must  do  to  turn  obser-­‐vations  into  scales  related  to  competencies.    That  has  become  common  for  clinician  educators  but  has  proven  troublesome  (5,89–91).  It  is  likely  that  quality  (reliability  and  validity)  of  as-­‐sessment  increases  when  professionals  can  phrase  their  opinion  in  meaningful  propositions  such  as  the  questions  above  (92,93).    When  encounters  and  evaluations  are  framed  in  such  ques-­‐tions,  summative  assessment  can  more  easily  arise  from  a  summation  of  observations.    Entrustment  decisions  may  be  distinguished  in  two  forms  (i)  ad-­‐hoc  or  formative  entrustment  decisions  that  happen  every  day,  are  taken  by  individuals  and  pertain  to  immediate  permission  for  the  trainee  to  act,  and  (ii)  summative  entrustment  decisions  that  are  grounded  in  more  or  less  systematic  observation,  leading  to  lasting  permission  to  act  under  a  specified  level  of  super-­‐vision,  comparable  with  the  driver’s  license  that  formalizes  a  permission  to  driving  unsuper-­‐vised  from  moment  X  on  (94).  They  have  previously  been  labeled  as  ‘ad-­‐hoc’  versus  ‘structural’  entrustment  decisions,  which  refers  to  the  same  distinction  (3).  Formative  entrustment  deci-­‐sions  may  sound  as  an  oxymoron,  as  formative  evaluation  by  definition  does  not  lead  to  deci-­‐sions.  However,  formative  entrustment  is  without  long-­‐term  consequences.  It  has  a  temporal  nature  for  educational  purposes;  the  permission  is  only  granted  at  this  moment,  in  this  context  for,  this  patient  and  by  this  supervisor  to  stimulate  development  and  evaluate  the  eligibility  for  summative  decisions.  Conversely,  a  summative  entrustment  decision  is  a  general  statement  that  must  be  documented,  awards  a  higher  level  of  responsibility  for  future  actions  and  should  be  recognizable  for  third  parties.    Both  are  important  in  EPA-­‐based  curricula.  The  ad-­‐hoc  decision  experience  of  the  particular  supervisor  may  be  documented  in  the  trainee’s  portfolio  (was  this  a  justified  decision?  If  not,  why  not?).  Summative  decisions  may  be  informed  by  multiple  forma-­‐tive  decisions  supplemented  information  gathered  through  other  channels  (multi-­‐source  feed-­‐back,  knowledge  assessment,  skills  assessment).  Summative  entrustment  decisions  should  be  multi-­‐source  decisions  and  are  more  or  less  based  on  the  summation  of  bits  of  information.    5.1    Factors  determining  entrustment  decisions  In  the  past  years  many  authors  have  investigated  the  factors  that  influence  the  many  entrust-­‐ment  decisions  that  supervisors  make  ad  hoc  regarding  trainees  in  the  clinical  setting  (60,95–97).  There  is  consensus  that  four  groups  of  factors  come  into  play  trainee  features,  supervisor  features,  the  nature  of  the  task  and  the  circumstances  (37),  supplemented  with  trainee-­‐

Page 31: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 31  

supervisor  relationship  (85)  and  patient  or  parental  preference  in  pediatrics  (98).  Each  of  these  groups  has  several  variables  that  affect  the  outcome  of  the  decision.  Ad-­‐hoc  entrustment  decisions  are  clearly  based  on  many  variables,  and  it  is  not  useful  to  try  to  arrive  at  reliability.  Systematization  can  be  attempted  to  some  extent  by  training  clinicians  to  use  a  similar  frame  of  reference,  but  rater  differences  may  never  be  solved  this  way,  and  perhaps  should  not  (99).  Rather,  ad-­‐hoc  entrustment  decisions  can  be  viewed  as  bound  by  a  given  con-­‐text  and  by  the  nature  of  the  task.  That  would  sound  as  “I  trust  you  to  do  this  procedure  with  this  patient,  this  afternoon,  knowing  that  my  colleague  John  is  around  who  is  familiar  with  the  pa-­‐tient  and  with  the  procedure.  If  you  do  well,  I  might  ask  you  to  do  it  tomorrow  too,  when  John  is  not  available.  But  let’s  first  evaluate  this  evening,  and  I’ll  probe  you  with  case-­‐based  what-­if  questions  before  deciding  that  you  can  be  left  alone”.  That  sounds  like  a  complex  entrustment  decision,  but  it  reflects  the  reality  of  de  workplace  and  may  in  fact  only  be  a  quick  thought  that  leads  to  sufficient  swift  trust  for  this  case.    For  EPA-­‐based  curricula  we  propose  to  call  these  formative  entrustment  decisions,  as  they  add  to  professional  formation.  The  validity  of  summa-­‐tive  entrustment  decisions  may  be  supported  by  a  series  of  such  observations  and  try-­‐outs.    For  the  purpose  of  this  Guide,  we  will  not  expand  on  the  factors  ‘supervisor’,  ‘context’  and  ‘EPA’,  but  focus  on  the  features  of  the  trainee.    5.2    Trainee  features  that  allow  supervisors  to  entrust  them  with  a  critical  task  Ten  Cate  et  al  reviewed  the  literature  about  entrustment  decision-­‐making  and  came  up  with  a  list  of  critical  trainee  features  (94).  Trusting  a  medical  trainee  does  in  some  way  resemble  trust-­‐ing  a  medical  colleague.  Choudry  et  al  recently  suggested  that  physicians  weigh  expertise,  inter-­‐action  style  with  the  patient  and  collegial  interaction  style  when  choosing  a  consultant  for  their  patient  (eg.,  Does  this  physician  have  enough  expertise  with  the  problem  for  which  the  patient  requires  consultation?  Does  the  physician  communicate  well  with  patients  and  their  families?  Does  the  physician  have  genuine  concern  for  the  well-­‐being  of  his/her  patients?  How  well  will  the  specialist  communicate  with  the  referring  physician?  Will  this  physician  provide  good  conti-­‐nuity  of  care  and  follow-­‐up  communication?)  (100).  They  too  align  with  the  trainee  features  found  in  the  literature.    The  10  most  important  factors  identified  from  the  literature  are  the  following  (85,95–97,94,101,102).  The  first  four  were  found  by  Kennedy  et  al  (101),  aligning  well  with  the  notions  of  trust-­‐expert  and  philosopher  O’Neill  (103)  and  may  be  considered  foundational.  These  quali-­‐ties  in  a  trainee  enable  supervisors  to  accept  a  vulnerability  that  comes  along  with  trusting  a  trainee  with  a  new  critical  activity.    

Table    7     Qualities  in  trainees  that  enable  trust  

 

Foundational  qualities,  primarily  based  on  Kennedy  et  al  (101)  

Competence  and  clini-­cal  reasoning    

This  pertains  to  the  cognitive  and  physical  skills  needed  to  execute  the  EPA.  Specific  competencies  may  map  to  a  competency  frame-­‐work,  and,  more  generally,  include  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes.    

Conscientiousness  and   Conscientiousness  and  reliability  reflect  a  thoroughness  and  con-­‐

Page 32: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 32  

reliability    

sistency  in  actions,  e.g.,  when  trainees  do  what  they  say  they  will  do  and  show  a  thoroughness  that  is  predictable  across  occasions.      

Truthfulness  or  hones-­ty    

Truthfulness  and  honesty  imply  that  trainees,  if  asked,  tell  what  they  observed,  what  they  did,  and  why.  It  includes  admitting  what  they  should  have  done  and  did  not.    

Discernment  of  limita-­tions  and  inclination  to  ask  for  help  if  truly  needed    

Crucial  is  a  discernment  of  one’s  own  limitations  and  knowing  when  to  refrain  from  procedures  and  ask  for  help.  This  ‘knowing’  is  the  cognitive  component;  willingness  or  propensity  to  ask  for  help  is  an  attitudinal  component  that  is  just  as  important  but  that  may  not  always  align  with  the  cognitive  component.  An  adequate  balance  between  proactive  behavior  and  asking  help  when  really  needed  is  important.      

 Supplementary  qualities  summarized  from  the  literature  (85,95,97,102)    Empathy,  openness  and  receptiveness  to-­ward  patients  

Actively  listening  to  patients  and  reacting  verbally  and  nonverbally  to  the  things  the  trainee  hears  in  a  way  that  encourages  the  sharing  of  information  by  the  patients  and  that  confirms  involvement  with  the  patient.      

Skill  in  collegial  and  interprofessional  communication  and  collaboration    

Adequate  communication  about  patients  exemplifies  a  mastery  of  the  situation  necessary  both  for  general  supervision  at  levels  3  and  4  (“indirect  supervision”  and  “unsupervised”)  and  for  specific  situa-­‐tions  such  as  patient  handovers.    

Self-­confidence  and  feeling  safe  to  act  

Being  self-­‐confident  and  feeling  safe  to  act  are  important  to  enable  action,  but  overconfidence  can  be  dangerous.  An  adequate  balance  is  necessary.      

Habits  of  ongoing  self-­evaluation,  reflection,  and  development  

A  habit  of  self-­‐evaluation,  reflection  and  development  are  estab-­‐lished  qualities  of  well-­‐functioning  professionals.  Seeking  feedback  to  improve  is  part  of  that  habit.      

Sense  of  responsibility   A  trainee  who  is  readily  trusted  is  one  who  makes  sure  patients  are  cared  for  when  he  or  she  is  gone,  who  picks  up  perceived  lapses  of  care  caused  by  others  and  accordingly  initiates  action,  or  who  acts  upon  urgent  needs  of  care  when  others  are  not  available.    

Adequately  dealing  with  mistakes  of  self  and  others  

As  patient  safety  comes  to  the  forefront  of  thinking  about  quality  in  health  care,  acknowledging  errors  and  mistakes  of  oneself  and  oth-­‐ers  has  become  a  crucial  habit  to  acquire.    

 

This  clustering  of  factors  is  merely  based  on  existing  medical  education  literature.  Other  do-­‐mains,  such  as  organizational  and  occupation  psychology  (104)  have  yielded  still  other  factors.  

Page 33: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 33  

This  is  an  important  area  of  further  empirical  research  that  should  inform  us  more  in  detail  on  the  dominant  factors  that  lead  to  trust  in  trainees.      5.3    Arriving  at  formative  and  summative  entrustment  decisions  Each  of  the  features  of  Table  7  and  more  may,  consciously  or  unconsciously,  weigh  into  the  deci-­‐sion  to  trust  a  trainee  with  care  for  patients  at  a  particular  moment.  As  these  formative  entrust-­‐ment  decisions  are  usually  taken  without  much  time  to  carefully  deliberate,  there  is  often  little  opportunity  to  take  all,  or  even  the  most  essential  factors  into  account.    Ad  hoc  entrustment  is  often  based  on  gut  feelings  and  limited  information.  This  does  not  necessarily  make  such  forma-­‐tive  decisions  inaccurate.  Human  decision-­‐making  has  been  the  object  of  numerous  studies  in  psychology,  economics  and  other  domains.  One  conclusion  is  that  humans  often  cannot  take  all  relevant  factors  for  rational  decisions  into  account.  In  many  cases,  the  capacity  of  human  cogni-­‐tion  is  too  limited  to  weigh  all  relevant  factors  in  making  rational  decisions  (105).  However,  hu-­‐mans  can  use  rules-­‐of-­‐thumb  or  heuristics,  defined  by  Gigerenzer  as  strategies  that  ignore  part  of  the  information,  with  the  general  goal  of  making  decision  more  quickly,  frugally  and/or  accurately  than  more  complex  methods,  with  remarkable  success  (106).  Heuristics  (“I  saw  she  did  this  well  before,  so  let  her  do  it  again”  or  “if  my  colleague  Peter  trusts  her,  I  think  I  can  too”  or  “the  way  he  presents  this  case  over  the  phone  makes  me  really  worried  –  I  better  come  over  right  away”)  do  not  necessarily  lead  to  wrong  decisions.  The  ‘more-­is-­less’  proposition  in  heuristics  theory  postu-­‐lates  that  comprehensiveness  in  weighing  all  potential  or  available  factors  relevant  to  a  decision  does  not  always  serve  its  validity,  and  that  indeed  ignoring  information  can  increase  validity  (107).    It  is  known  from  the  medical  education  literature  that  global  ratings  about  trainees  are  often  more  reliable  than  composite  scores  based  on  more  complete  checklist  ratings  of  relevant  ob-­‐servations  (108).  If  there  is  sufficient  time,  feelings  of  worry  may  be  checked  against  the  list  above  before  the  decision  is  made.  The  conclusion  is  that  not  everything  that  grounds  an  entrustment  decision  can  be  captured  in  numbers,  scales  or  even  words.  We  sometimes  ‘feel’  we  can  trust  a  trainee  or  not.  For  formative  decisions,  this  presumptive  trust,  based  on  prior  credentials  of  the  trainee,  combined  with  initial  trust  derived  from  a  short  observation,  may  be  sufficient  to  make  formative  entrustment  deci-­‐sions.    For  summative  entrustment  decision-­‐making,  grounded  trust  is  necessary,  based  on  a  more  or  less  systematic  collection  of  information  (94).  An  EPA-­‐based  competency  curriculum  requires  the  gradual  building  of  acknowledged  medical  competence.  In  postgraduate  medical  training,  the  collective  decisions  of  entrustment  for  unsupervised  practice  (level  4)  of  an  individual,  pref-­‐erably  documented  in  an  electronic  portfolio,  constitute  the  foundation  of  the  license  to  practice.  These  decisions  are  the  agreed  upon  formal  moments  of  certification.  In  undergraduate  medical  education  the  more  logical  level  to  reach  is  3  (‘indirect  supervision’).    Summative  entrustment  decisions  must  be  as  valid  and  predictive  as  possible  and  must  be  taken  by  multiple  professionals.  As  was  illustrated  above  however,  the  number  of  potential  variables  that  could  affect  entrustment  decisions  is  large.  Summative  entrustment  decisions,  leading  to  permission  to  act  unsupervised  from  a  specified  moment  on,  should  be  grounded  in  more  sys-­‐tematic  exploration  and  weighing  of  these  qualities  if  the  trainee.    

Page 34: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 34  

Program  directors,  teams  or  clinical  competence  committees  regularly  feel  they  lack  information  about  individual  trainees  and  would  wish  to  be  provided  with  sufficient,  well-­‐structured  infor-­‐mation  that  can  efficiently  but  validly  be  evaluated  to  arrive  at  decisions.  (109)  Various  sources  of  information  in  the  workplace  can  inform  entrustment  decisions.    Table  7  lists  suggested  sources  of  information  that  may  inform  such  group  decisions.  The  sources  were  pre-­‐dominantly  derived  and  reworked  from  ten  Cate  et  al  (submitted)  and  related  to  the  ten  factors  listed  above.  This  listing  of  information  sources  is  preliminary  and  requires  a  more  systematic  investigation  in  the  near  future.    

     

Page 35: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 35  

Table  8     Suggested  sources  of  information  to  support  factors  weighing  in  entrust-­ment  decisions    

   

Factors  that  affect  entrustment  decisions                                        Potential  information  sources  

Com

pete

nce

and

clin

ical

reas

onin

g

Con

scie

ntio

usne

ss a

nd re

liabi

lity

Trut

hful

ness

and

hon

esty

Dis

cern

men

t of l

imita

tions

and

incl

inat

ion

to a

sk fo

r hel

p

Empa

thy,

ope

nnes

s an

d re

cept

iven

ess

tow

ard

patie

nts

Col

legi

al a

nd in

terp

rofe

ssio

nal c

omm

unic

atio

n an

d co

llabo

ratio

n

Self-

conf

iden

ce a

nd fe

elin

g of

saf

ety

Hab

its o

f ong

oing

sel

f-eva

luat

ion,

refle

ctio

n, a

nd d

evel

opm

ent

Sens

e of

resp

onsi

bilit

y

Know

ing

how

to d

eal w

ith m

ista

kes

of o

nese

lf an

d ot

hers

• knowledge exams and skills exams X                    

• direct observations by supervisors, related to specific EPAs X         X            

• narrative observation-based feedback from patients and peers (e.g., MSF) X   X   X   X   X   X   X   X      

• audit of practice, incl. patient handovers and electronic medical record X   X                  

• observing trainee teaching techniques (including one-minute preceptor) X           X          

• prior credentials and reputation reported by trusted colleagues X   X                  

• sampled checks on accuracy of information reported     X   X              

• patient presentations with cross-checks at morning rounds and handoffs     X       X          

• review of events during night shifts X   X     X              

• post hoc case-based discussions, including “what if” scenarios X       X             X  

• guided self-reflection exercises and self-report (e.g. in a portfolio)       X       X   X     X  

• significant event audit, root cause analysis and gap analysis X       X       X       X  

• multi-source feedback on interprofessional skills           X          

• self-initiated clinical or research projects             X   X      

• signs of preparedness, initiative, and follow-through despite sacrifices                 X    

• assigning a deliberate patient safety task that can be evaluated                   X  

   The  list  of  potential  information  sources  for  inform  summative  entrustment  decisions  is  based  on  collective  expert  knowledge  gathered  through  discussion  (94).  While  a  useful  overview  of  our  current  knowledge,  there  is  a  need  for  more  systematic  literature  investigation  one  the  suggest-­‐

Page 36: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 36  

ed  relationship  with  trustworthiness  factors  and  empirical  evidence  to  support  to  validity  to  these  sources  for  the  intended  use  and  a  need  for  translation  into  practical  tools  and  instrument  to  operationalize  these.    It  should  be  recognized  that  entrustment  decisions  resemble  a  summative  assessment  of  the  trainee,  but  one  with  direct  consequences  for  the  scope  of  responsibility  of  the  trainee.  It  is  a  formal  statement  of  trust.  Trust  can  be  viewed  as  a  calculated  risk  that  future  adverse  event  are  manageable  (94,110).  The  analogy  of  the  driver  can  illustrate  this.  A  driver’s  license  can  be  viewed  as  a  statement  of  trust  that  no  accidents  will  happen.  A  license  received  in  a  rural  town  permits  one  to  drive  in  a  busy  city  in  a  different  country  with  different  traffic  rules.    In  other  words,  the  trustor  makes  the  inference  that  the  driver  will  do  no  harm  in  circumstances  far  from  what  has  been  observed  during  lessons  and  in  a  driving  test.  This  also  holds  for  entrustment  decisions  in  health  care  education.    The  challenge  is  to  collect  sufficient  information  to  make  this  inference  reasonably  grounded.      5.4   Instruments  to  assess  trainees  based  on  EPAs  Collecting  valid  information  to  evaluate  trainees  on  their  readiness  to  advance  to  a  next  level  of  responsibility  or  autonomy  requires  the  systematic  use  of  instruments  and  methods.  While  there  has  recently  appeared  abundant  literature  presenting  new  instrument  to  evaluate  trainees  in  workplace  environments  ((111)  Wisman-­‐Zwarter  et  al,  in  preparation)  with  many  creative  acronyms,  they  can  be  categorized  within  a  limited  number  of  approaches  (Table  9)  .  Practice  related  instruments  focus  on  trainee  behavior  or  achievement  during  practice,  while  practice  unrelated  instruments  focus  on  evaluation  knowledge  or  skill  not  directly  related  to  behavior  or  achievement  in  the  workplace,  although  immediately  relevant  for  it.    The  literature  often  distin-­‐guishes  between  formative  and  summative  instruments.  We  believe  this  distinction  is  less  use-­‐ful,  as  similar  instruments  can  be  used  for  summative  and  formative,  i.e.  leading  to  significant  progress  decisions  or  not.  We  believe  that  multiple  formative  evaluations  can  and  should  inform  summative  entrustment  decisions,  while  each  of  these  separately  should  clearly  have  a  more  formative  nature.    See  our  discussion  in  the  previous  section.  In  Table  9,  we  have  summarized  the  instrument  categories  in  knowledge,  skills,  attitude  and  products,  acknowledging  that  instruments  may  or  may  now  combine  these  (e.g.  sampled  prac-­‐tice  observations)  and  acknowledging  that  within  these  instruments  competencies  and  compe-­‐tency  domains  that  have  been  deemed  relevant  for  an  EPA  should  be  represented,  according  to  the  matrix  mapping  approach  we  have  proposed.    

   

Page 37: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 37  

Table  9      Instruments  to  be  used  in  EPA-­based  assessment         Practice  unrelated  instruments   Practice  related  instruments  

Knowledge   • Written  or  electronic  knowledge  test-­‐

ing  

• Short  practice  observation    

• Case-­‐based  discussion  

Skill   • Simulation  testing   • Short  practice  observation  

Attitude   • Simulation  testing   • Long  practice  observation  

Products   • Product  evaluation   • Product  evaluation  

   Written  or  electronic  knowledge  testing  Knowledge  testing  does  not  need  further  explanation    Simulation  testing  Skills  testing  in  a  simulated  and  standardized  environment  can  be  applied  in  an  objective  struc-­‐tured  clinical  examination  (OSCE),  with  low  or  high  fidelity  simulation  equipment,  or  with  standardized  patients.  While  most  of  attitude  and  professional  behavior  is  best  shown  in  prac-­‐tice,  some  aspects  can  be  evaluated  in  testing  with  standardized  patients.    Case-­based  discussion  A  case-­‐based  discussion  (CBD)  is  a  short  oral  discussion  with  the  trainee  on  knowledge  and  clin-­‐ical  reasoning  (5-­‐20  minutes)  after  a  clinical  encounter,  prompted  with  two  types  of  questions  (1)  How  was  your  reasoning  during  the  encounter  and  (2)  what  would  you  have  done  differently  if  this  patient  had  shown  X,  Y  or  Z?  This  second  question  is  particularly  relevant  for  entrustment  decisions,  as  it  captures  situations  that  are  less  common.    If  the  encounter  is  just  prior  to  the  CBD,  its  may  coincide  with  the  feedback  of  a  practice  observation.  A  CBD  about  patient  record  data  that  a  trained  has  entered  may  be  called  chart-­‐stimulated  recall.    Short  practice  observation  A  practice  observation  is  usually  a  short  observation  (usually  5  to  15  minutes)  of  work  in  prac-­‐tice  (a  patient  consultation  with  history  or  physical  examination,  execution  of  a  procedure,  a  case  presentation,  a  lesson  for  allied  health  trainees),  with  feedback  debriefing  afterwards,  meant  to  be  conducted  multiple  times  (112,113).  One  or  more  observers  rate  the  observed  indi-­‐vidual  on  a  scale  related  to  supervision  level  (i.e.  readiness  for  direct,  indirect  or  distant  supervi-­‐sion)  and  provide  feedback  with  specific  ‘tops’  and  ‘tips’  related  to  related  to  the  competency  domains  relevant  for  this  EPA.  EPAs  should  have  EPA-­‐specific  practice  observation  forms,  pref-­‐erably  on  mobile  devices.  The  most  well  known  example  is  the  Mini  Clinical  Evaluation  Exercise  (Mini-­‐CEX,  (114))  but  there  are  many  examples  of  short  observations  of  clinical  encounters,  pro-­‐cedures  and  activities  in  practice  (111).  Practice  observations  are  samples  of  work,  preferably  not  solicited  or  planned,  can  be  rated  via  live  presence  of  an  observer  or  via  video  recording  (e.g.  

Page 38: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 38  

in  a  consultation  room),  observed  real-­‐time  elsewhere  or  rated  post  hoc.  Short  practice  observa-­‐tion  forms  may  tailored  to  specific  EPAs.      Long  practice  observation    Long  practice  observation  pertains  to  evaluation  of  observed  behavior  over  a  period  of  a  week  to  a  month  or  longer,  focused  on  intrinsic  competency  domains  rather  than  medical  expertise.  Key  to  long  practice  observation  is  that  it  is  not  done  in  retrospect  (as  in  many  end-­‐of  rotation  as-­‐sessments)  but  prospectively.  Observers  are  asked  in  advance  to  observe  over  a  specified  period  to  time  which  allows  them  to  be  alert  when  observing  the  trainee.  This  can  be  as  short  as  an  on-­‐call  weekend  service,  but  is  usually  longer.  A  strong  example  is  multi-­‐source  feedback,  also  named  360  degree  evaluation.  Multi-­‐source  feedback  (MSF)  information,  collected  among  col-­‐leagues  (staff,  peers  and  junior  trainees),  among  other  health  professionals  such  as  nursing,  and  among  patients.  MSF  is  particularly  useful  to  evaluate  attitudinal  components  of  professional  behavior,  communication,  collaboration  and  aspects  of  trustworthiness.  Patients  in  MSF  usually  evaluate  directly  after  an  encounter,  which  in  fact  is  a  short  observation,  but  some  patient  with  multiple  encounters  with  the  same  doctor  may  add  to  long  practice  observations.    Product  evaluation  Products  that  may  be  evaluated  are  discharge  summaries  and  letters,  medication  prescriptions  and  other  entries  into  the  electronic  health  record,  slide  presentations,  case-­‐reports.  Products  may  be  used  to  evaluate  patient-­‐related  outcomes  of  training.  Practice  related  products  pertain  to  actual  patients  or  happenings,  practice  unrelated  products  follow  either  from  assignments  for  the  purpose  of  assessment,  or  are  generalized  products  such  as  clinical  protocols,  critically  ap-­‐praised  topics  extractions  from  the  literature.    5.5    Proposed  general  reporting  format  for  observed  performance  Next  to  knowledge  and  skills  assessment  (written,  oral  and  simulation-­‐based)  much  of  this  in-­‐formation  is  to  be  collected  through  observation  of  work.  As  ultimately,  summative  decisions  must  be  made  about  a  permitted  level  of  supervision,  such  phrasing  (“can  we  leave  this  trainee  to  work  unsupervised?”)  is  generally  also  usable  for  all  individual  encounters  (115).  Warm  has  used  this  EPA  supervision  levels  approach  for  the  collection  of  large  amounts  of  data  on  individ-­‐ual  residents  in  internal  medicine  (59,116)  to  report  on  milestones  toward  the  attainment  of  competence.  The  simple  question  that  any  observer  may  be  asked,  next  to  specifications  about  an  EPA,  is  “Based  on  my  observation  today,  I  suggest  for  this  EPA  this  trainee  may  be  ready  after  the  next  upcoming  review  to  (1)  only  observe,    (2)  act  under  direct  supervision,  (3)  act  under  indirect  supervision,  (4)  act  with  post-­‐hoc  report  only,  (5)  supervise  juniors.  The  response  for  each  of  these  levels  may  be  framed  as,  for  instance,  No,  Hesitate,  Yes.  This  should  be  an  answerable  question  if  used  formatively.  For  formative  entrustment  decisions  that  are  evaluated  and  re-­‐ported  this  way,  supervisors  need  to  understand  that  their  recommendation  is  not  a  formalized  decision,  but  a  suggested  advice  to  the  responsible  program  director,  examiner  or  competency-­‐committee  to  be  weighed  together  with  many  other  similar  evaluations  and  additional  different  sources  of  information.  Depending  on  the  EPA,  other  sources  could  include  knowledge  and  skill  

Page 39: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 39  

test  results,  oral  case-­‐based  discussions  and  other  strategies  (see  Table  7).  The  report  could  in  some  cases  also  be  provided  by  nursing  or  other  non-­‐physician  co-­‐workers.    5.6    Self-­entrustment  Summative  entrustment  decisions  are  significant  and  usually  meant  to  bring  the  trainee  to  a  higher  level  of  responsibility  and  a  step  toward  full  certification  for  the  profession.  The  program  director  or  a  team  makes  these  decisions  based  on  information  such  as  described  above.  In  that  process  one  element  has  not  been  touched  upon.  That  is  the  feeling  of  readiness  by  the  trainee  himself  or  herself.    From  reported  studies  we  know  that  in  general,  medical  trainees  estimate  their  abilities  and  readiness  to  act  unsupervised  somewhat  higher  than  what  clinicians  project  as  reasonable  for  that  particular  stage  of  training  (95,117).  In  other  cases  trainees  may  feel  inse-­‐cure  about  tasks  they  are  asked  to  execute.  A  summative  entrustment  decision  for  an  EPA  should  generally  not  be  made  when  the  trainee  feels  significant  insecurity  to  act  unsupervised  (or  with  only  indirect  supervision  in  undergraduate  medical  education).    One  way  to  realize  this  is  to  have  the  trainee  opt  for  such  a  decision  only  when  he  or  she  feels  ready  for  it.  Some  trainees  may  tend  to  postpone  such  requests,  but  adequate  mentoring  and  feedback  should  help  trainees  choose  strategies  to  progress  at  an  adequate  speed.      5.7    Expiry  and  reconfirmation  of  summative  entrustment  decisions  Summative  entrustment  decisions,  sometimes  called  statements  of  awarded  responsibility  (STARs)  for  an  EPA  at  level  4  should  be  regarded  similar  to  certification  or  licensing  to  practice  for  that  particular  unit  of  professional  practice.  The  summative  entrustment  decisions  for  the  EPAs  of  the  profession  together  should  establish  a  general  certification  to  practice.  The  portfolio  of  STARS  (trusted  EPAs)  should  thus  define  the  physician’s  qualification.  Two  important  limita-­‐tions  of  this  reasoning  are  important  to  note.    One  is  the  context-­‐dependence  of  competence.    Medical  competence  is  predominantly  general  or  canonic,  in  the  sense  that  applicability  should  extend  across  different  circumstances  and  condi-­‐tions,  but  to  some  extent  competence  depends  on  the  context  (2,118,119).  For  that  reason,  trainees  moving  from  one  rotation  or  hospital  to  another  may  be  briefly  observed  to  reconfirm  the  validity  of  the  entrustment  decision  for  an  EPA,  depending  on  the  risk  level  of  the  EPA.  The  other  limitation  is  the  fact  that  skills  generally  decrease  when  not  practiced.    The  ability  to  execute  an  EPA  is  likely  to  reduce  when  practice  does  not  occur,  similar  to  the  reduction  in  knowledge  that  is  not  applied  (120).  Entrustment  decisions  should  therefore  have  an  expiry  date  that  invalidates  the  decision  if  no  or  too  little  practice  has  occurred.  It  is  important  that  entrust-­‐ment  decisions  are  not  considered  as  the  conclusion  of  a  training  period,  but  as  the  beginning  of  a  practice  period.  Expiry  dates  for  EPAs  after  graduation  are  also  suitable  for  recertification  and  maintenance  of  competence  procedures.  If  certification  for  an  EPA  after  graduation,  as  default,  would  expire  after  five  years  of  inactivity  and  lead  to  a  stricter  level  of  supervision,  the  physician  may  choose  to  revalidate  or  restrict  the  scope  of  practice  to  a  limited  number  of  EPAs.  This  way,  maintenance  of  competence  regulations  can  be  based  on  EPAs.  Recertification  of  specific  EPAs  may  become  more  meaningful  than  current  procedures  that  focus  on  full  recertification  of  a  spe-­‐cialty  license.  Expiry  dates  and  reconfirmation  appear  to  be  a  logical  consequence  of  using  EPAs.  Of  note  however  is  that  dates  should  relate  to  the  nature  of  the  EPA  and  the  experience  built  

Page 40: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 40  

after  the  first  entrustment  decision,  and  may  be  much  less  than  5  years  if  no  practice  has  taken  place  directly  after  the  entrustment  decision.        6.    Technology  to  support  feedback  and  entrustment  decision-­making    In  busy  clinical  environments,  both  trainees  and  supervisors  may  be  supported  by  electronic  means  to  optimize  information  about  trainee  progress.  For  trainees  this  feedback  information  should  serve  to  inform  next  actions  and  next  behavior  (rehearse  knowledge  and  skill,  actively  select  next  experiences)  to  proceed  to  readiness  for  a  next  entrustment  decision  about  an  EPA.  For  supervisors,  the  multitude  of  potential  information  bits  about  a  trainee  must  be  collected  and  aggregated  to  support  entrustment  decisions  and  inform  supervisors  in  the  work  place.  This  is  an  ambitious  enterprise  that  should  be  supported  by  electronic  means.    6.1.  Formative  feedback  and  entrustment  decisions  In  an  era  of  rapid  technological  developments  monitoring  of  trainees  in  workplaces  to  support  their  progress  should  use  technology.  In  hospitals  there  is  a  continuous  pressure  on  patient  care  that  precludes  many  clinicians  to  spend  much  time  on  documentation  of  encounters  with  learn-­‐ers.  With  the  ubiquitous  presence  of  mobile  devices  such  as  smartphones  and  tablets,  every  trainee  and  clinical  educator  can  use  these  for  the  benefit  of  education  and  learning.  Electronic  portfolios  are  becoming  common  in  clinical  training  (121–123)  documentation  of  EPA-­‐based  progress  monitoring  should  use  both.  Figure  7  illustrates  how  shot  practice  observations  with  feedback  can  be  efficiently  handled.      

Figure  7   Possible  sequence  of  events  in  reporting  on  formative  entrustment    

0. In  a  program  that  provides  all  trainees  with  a  e-­‐portfolio,  for  any  given  EPA,  an  electronic  evaluation  form  is  constructed,  with  scoring  rubrics  related  to  pertinent  qualities  and  com-­‐petencies  for  this  EPA,  derived  from  the  EPAs-­‐competencies  matrix  

1. A  trainee  or  a  supervisor  requests  or  initiates  a  sampled  practice  observation  procedure  related  to  an  EPA,  usually  planned  on  short  notice  

2. The  observing  supervisor  sits  with  the  trainee,  during  5  to  15  minutes,  at  a  patient  encoun-­‐ter,  a  clinical  procedure,  a  case  presentation  or  other  event,  related  to  this  EPA  

3. During  the  observation  the  supervisor  uses  a  hand-­‐held  mobile  device  and  logs  in,  online  or  via  an  app,  to  retrieve  a  observation  form,  tailored  to  the  EPA  and  tailored  to  the  trainee  (both  must  be  pre-­‐programmed)  

4. The  supervisor  fills  out  three  related  forms  one  global  impression,  formulated  as    “Based  on  my  observation  today,  I  suggest  for  this  EPA  this  trainee  may  be  ready  after  the  next  upcom-­‐ing  review  to  (1)  only  observe,    (2)  act  under  direct  supervision,  (3)  act  under  indirect  su-­‐

Page 41: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 41  

pervision,  (4)  act  with  post-­‐hoc  report  only,  (5)  supervise  juniors.  Each  of  these  shows  a  scaling  in  three  levels  No,  Hesitate,    

5. Yes.  Next,  the  supervisor  is  asked  to  state  which  relevant  CanMEDS  domain  could  be  strengthened.  Finally  feedback  is  provided  related  to  a  specific  set  of  knowledge,  skills  or  at-­‐titude  related  to  this  EPA  that  prompts  for  feedback.  Clicking  each  of  these  opens  voice  re-­‐cording,  to  record  specific  feedback  tops  and  tips  in  a  short  verbal  debriefing  with  the  train-­‐ee.    

6. All  forms  and  recordings  are  sent  to  the  trainee’s  e-­‐portfolio.  The  trainee  translates  the  rec-­‐orded  feedback  in  written  sentences  to  be  stored  with  the  related  EPA,  competency  domain,  and  date.    

7. The  supervisor  approves  of  the  student’s  representation  of  the  feedback  

8. On  an  aggregate  level,  a  program  director  or  clinical  competency  committee  or  staff  may  decide  on  summative  entrustment  based  on  many  or  at  least  multiple  observations,  sup-­‐plemented  with  other  information.  

 

 The  mobile  technology  should  enable  efficient  feedback  and  support  of  entrustment  decision-­‐making.    Figure  8  shows  an  impression  of  how  the  procedure  could  look  on  a  mobile  device.        Figure  8   Representation  of  a  potential  EPA  evaluation  on  a  mobile  device    

   

Page 42: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 42  

 

A  global  evaluation  shown  in  the  first  frame  of  this  figure  is  expanded,  based  on  the  EPAs-­‐Competencies  matrix  as  elaborated  early  in  this  guide  (see  Table  3).  That  is,  the  suggested  read-­‐iness  for  a  supervision  level  can  be  backed  with  information  about  the  competencies  that  have  been  identified  as  critical  for  a  particular  EPA  in  the  next  frame.  Depending  on  the  preferences  of  the  observer,  feedback  can  be  provided  either  in  writing  or  orally.  The  required  dialogue  of  a  short  practice  observation  can  be  recorded  to  maximize  efficiency.  A  similar  procedure  can  be  applied  for  case-­‐based  discussions  and  case  presentations,  while  the  forms  and  frames  used  may  be  somewhat  different.        6.2    Summative  entrustment  decisions  Grounded  entrustment  decisions  leading  to  progressive  independence  must  be  based  on  as  many  observations  as  reasonably  feasible  in  an  authentic  context.  This  approach  has  been  called  a  programmatic  approach  to  assessment  (124),  in  contrast  with  assessment  on  single  moments  of  examination.  Summative  entrustment  decisions  are  clearly  summative,  but  the  route  to  these  decisions  is  less  summative.  All  observations  that  inform  program  directors  and  competency  committees  to  assist  grounding  summative  entrustment  decisions  also  serve  as  formative  feed-­‐back  to  trainees,  to  inform  them  about  their  progress.  It  concords  with  what  Stiggins  and  Schuwirth  &  Van  der  Vleuten  have  called  ‘assessment  for  learning’  (125,126).  Warm  has  shown  the  feasibility  of  reporting  large  amounts  of  data  collected  in  the  clinical  workplace  using  this  data  about  internal  medicine  resident  progression  on  ‘observable  practice  activities’  (small  units  nesting  into  EPAs)  and  milestones  to  establish  personal  learning  curves  serving  both  feedback  and  entrustment  decisions  making  (59,116).    6.3.  E-­portfolio  and  learning  analytics  Collecting  information  by  electronic  means  requires  its  storage  in  a  personal  electronic  portfolio  of  the  trainee.  The  portfolio  repository  should  serve  to  inform  trainees  with  aggregated,  up-­‐to-­‐date  information  about  their  progress  and  inform  program  directors  with  specific  information  to  support  summative  entrustment  decisions.  Data  collected  about  individuals  may  be  related  to  aggregated  data  across  populations  of  current  or  past  trainees.  Clearly  this  involves  large  amounts  of  data.    Analyzing  big  data  for  educational  purposes  has  been  called  learning  analytics.  Learning  analytics  is  the  measurement,  collection,  analysis  and  reporting  of  data  about  trainees  and  their  contexts,  for  the  purpose  of  understanding  and  optimizing  learning  and  the  utilizing  of  environments  in  which  it  occurs  (Society  for  Learning  Analytics  Research  –  www.solaresearch.org).  Greller  &  Drachsler  have  identified  five  dimensions  of  learning  analytics  that  may  be  operationalized  for  EPA-­‐based  competency  curricula  (127).    

Table  10     Learning  analytics  and  EPAs  

Dimensions of learning analytics (cf. Greller & Drachsler 2011)

Values as suggested for EPA-based competency curricula

Stakeholders • Trainees (students/residents) • Program directors / supervisors / examiners / clinical competency committees

Page 43: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 43  

Purpose • Feedback to trainees related to EPAs • Support for summative entrustment decisions for EPAs

Data • All relevant individual data on observed performance, supplemented with data on tests • Aggregated data across (sets of) individuals

Instruments • Mobile devices, learners supplied information, multi-source feedback information • Future options patient provided health care outcome data, electronic medical record

data Output • Visualized graphical representations of progress of individuals compared with individual

objectives, development plan and past progress and with relevant groups External limitations • Storage of data and access to data must be limited according to ethical rules Internal limitations • Both trainees and teaching staff must be trained to understand and interpret data that

are provided in the visualized output  

The  following  e-­‐portfolio  functions  should  be  provided  1. Easy  input  by  observers  through  mobile  devices  2. Easy  input  by  learners  through  mobile  devices  or  computers  3. Easy  input  by  educational  administration  about  formal  progress  results  (tests,  scheduling  of  

rotations,  assigned  mentor)  4. Clear  visualization  of  tailored  output  for  distinct  groups  learners,  program  directors,  men-­‐

tors,  and  external  groups  that  require  information  about  certified  EPAs  such  as  hospital  staff  with  adequate  access  permission  conditions  

5. Upload  facility  for  various  documents    Graphical  representations  Figures  9  and  10  show  two  images  what  part  of  the  portfolio  of  an  imaginary  medical  student  Peter  Berk  may  look  like  if  accessed  by  anyone  who  has  permission  to  view  his  current  creden-­‐tials  for  acting  in  health  care,  and  a  specification  of  core  EPA  1.    Peter  Berk’s  portfolio  may  have  a  parts  that  are  publically  accessible,  parts  that  are  accessible  by  designated  individuals,  such  as  a  program  director  or  mentor,  and  parts  that  may  only  be  acces-­‐sible  for  Peter  himself.    The  images  of  figures  9  and  10  may  be  accessible  by  anyone  who  needs  to  be  informed  about  Peter’s  credentials  and  permissions,  such  as  clinical  and  nursing  staff  of  a  new  rotation.  It  resembles  digital  badging  as  proposed  by  Mehta  et  al  (53).      

 

   

Page 44: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 44  

Figure  9      Representation  of  overview  of  EPAs  of  imaginary  medical  student  Peter  Berk  

   Figure  10      Representation  of  the  history  and  current  status  of  core  EPA  1  of  Peter  Berk  

Page 45: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 45  

   

 6. Discussion  This  paper  was  written  as  a  multi-­‐purpose  guide  for  competency-­‐based  curriculum  development  with  EPAs.  The  guide  should  assist  educators  interested  in  building  such  curriculum  and  should  serve  developers  of  electronic  solutions  to  support  workplace  based  feedback  and  entrustment  decision-­‐making.  It  has  pulled  together  the  literature  and  expanded  the  knowledge  about  cur-­‐riculum  development  using  entrustable  professional  activities.  Acknowledging  that  the  EPA  con-­‐cept  is  less  than  a  decade  old  –  its  first  publication  appeared  in  December  2005  (1)  and  that  it  is  only  now  beginning  to  be  used  as  a  framework  for  workplace  curriculum  development,  we  ex-­‐pect  that  many  aspects  will  continue  to  be  clarified,  added  or  refined  over  de  coming  years,  based  on  research  and  examples  from  practice.    Entrustable  Professional  Activities  are  being  welcomed  by  many  programs,  to  reshape  compe-­‐tency-­‐based  postgraduate  medical  education  and  increasingly  also  undergraduate  medical  edu-­‐cation  and  some  other  programs  (see  Table  1).  The  potential  of  EPAs  is  however  broader.  Defin-­‐ing  professional  competence  in  term  of  EPAs  opens  the  possibility  to  cross  traditional  bounda-­‐ries.  Boundaries  between  phases  in  the  medical  education  continuum  may  be  crossed  when  medical  students  have  the  opportunity  to  start  practicing  EPAs  that  are  usually  provided  to  jun-­‐ior  residents.  Continuum  projects  such  as  that  being  explored  in  pediatrics  (128)  as  well  as  ‘ded-­‐icated  transitional  year’  experiments  between  undergraduate  and  postgraduate  education  in  the  Netherlands  show  serious  attempts  to  do  this.  Boundaries  between  postgraduate  training  and  

Page 46: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 46  

continuing  professional  development  may  also  be  crossed  using  EPAs  (129).  The  personal  com-­‐petence  of  a  physician  may  start  to  be  defined  by  a  dynamic  portfolio  of  EPAs  that  may  either  be  strengthened  or  expire,  and  be  supplemented  with  newer  ones.  Boundaries  between  specialties  may  be  crossed  with  EPAs  pertaining  to  activities  that  are  located  on  such  boundaries  (think  of  surgeons  or  rheumatologists  interpreting  radiological  images  or  colonoscopies,  family  physi-­‐cians  conducting  small  surgical  procedures,  pathologists  taking  biopsies).  Finally,  even  bounda-­‐ries  between  professions  may  be  crossed  for  very  specific  EPAs,  such  as  between  physicians  and  physician  assistants  (49).  EPAs-­‐based  portfolios  may  grow  into  dynamic  repositories  that  truly  represent  the  actual  competencies  physicians  have  maintained  as  their  current  certified  EPAs  at  any  moment,  leading  from  competency-­‐based  medical  education  to  competency-­‐based  medical  practice.  The  guide  has  limitations.  As  recommendations  to  curriculum  development  with  EPAs  can  yet  hardly  or  not  be  based  on  experience  with  fully  developed  EPA-­‐based  workplace  curricula,  many  were  derived  from  various  literature  sources  and  deliberations  among  expert  educators.  In  the  coming  years  research  will  be  necessary  to  build  evidence  to  further  ground  the  proposed  ap-­‐proaches.    For  instance,  tools  to  collect  information  to  support  entrustment  decisions  with  tech-­‐nology  and  learning  analytics  may  be  expected  to  substantially  facilitate  the  richness  of  feedback  and  the  quality  of  such  decisions,  but  also  the  more  conceptual  and  theory-­‐based  understanding  of  entrustment  decision-­‐making  will  serve  from  further  research.  Another  necessary  domain  of  progress  will  be  faculty  development  and  the  valuing  the  efforts  to  supervise  trainees.  As  ade-­‐quate  supervision  is  key  in  EPA-­‐based  curricula,  the  effort  to  coach,  provide  feedback  and  con-­‐tribute  to  entrustment  decisions  should  be  valued  and  rewarded.  One  possible  way  to  do  this  is  monitor  the  efforts  of  clinical  faculty  related  to  electronically  provided  feedback  and  reward  this  with  continuing  professional  development  points.  The  guide  is  one  milestone  in  a  broader  competency-­‐based  education  project,  both  at  the  curric-­‐ulum  level  and  in  information  technology  that  will  undoubtedly  show  further  progress  in  the  coming  years.  Entrustable  professional  activities  are  gradually  becoming  part  of  the  language  in  competency-­‐based  medical  education  development  in  several  countries,  and  we  hope  the  many  groups  that  are  active  in  these  developments  will  benefit  from  the  thoughts  shared  in  this  guide.      Acknowledgements  The  authors  wish  to  express  their  gratitude  to  the  following  persons  for  commenting  on  previ-­‐ous  version  of  this  paper.  Christy  Boscardin,  Sjoukje  van  den  Broek,  Anouk  van  der  Gijp,  Gersten  Jonker,  Mira  Mandoki,  Hanneke  Mulder,  Sophie  Querido  and  Nienke  Wisman-­‐Zwarter.    This  publication  is  part  of  a  multi-­‐institutional,  multi-­‐country,  and  multi-­‐professional  project  (WATCHME)  which  has  received  funding  from  the  European  Union’s  Seventh  Framework  Pro-­‐gramme  for  research,  technological  development  and  demonstration,  under  grant  agreement  619349.    

 References  

Page 47: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 47  

1.     Ten  Cate  O.  Entrustability  of  professional  activities  and  competency-­‐based  training.  Med  Educ.  2005  Dec;39(12):1176–7.    

2.     Ten  Cate  O,  Snell  L,  Carraccio  C.  Medical  competence:  the  interplay  between  individual  ability  and  the  health  care  environment.  Med  Teach.  2010  Jan;32(8):669–75.    

3.     Ten  Cate  O.  Nuts  and  Bolts  of  Entrustable  professional  activities.  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  2013  Sep  21;5(1):157–8.    

4.     Ten  Cate  O.  AM  Last  Page�:  What  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  Add  to  a  Competency-­‐Based  Curriculum.  Acad  Med.  2014;89(4):691.    

5.     Albanese  M.  Challenges  in  using  rater  judgements  in  medical  education.  J  Eval  Clin  Pract.  2000  Aug;6(3):305–19.    

6.     Billett  S.  Mimetic  learning  at  work:  Learning  in  the  circumstances  of  practice.  1st  ed.  Dordrecht:  Springer;  2014.    

7.     Billett  S.  Learning  in  the  Workplace.  1st  ed.  Crows  Nest,  NSW,  Australia:  Allen  &  Unwin;  2001.    

8.     Teunissen  PW.  Unravelling  learning  by  doing.  Doctoral  Dissertation.  Amsterdam:  VU  University;  2009.    

9.     Dornan  T,  Tan  N,  Boshuizen  H,  Gick  R,  Isba  R,  Mann  K,  et  al.  How  and  what  do  medical  students  learn  in  clerkships?  Experience  based  learning  (ExBL).  Adv  Health  Sci  Educ  Theory  Pract.  2014  Mar  18;    

10.     Kolb  DA.  Experiential  learning.  Experience  as  the  source  of  learning  and  development.  Englewood  Cliffs,  New  Jersey:  Prentice-­‐Hall,  Inc.;  1984.    

11.     Collins  A,  Brown  J,  Newman  S.  Cognitive  apprenticeship:  teaching  the  craft  of  reading,  writing  and  mathematics.  In:  Resnick  L,  editor.  Knowing,  Learning  and  Instruction  Essays  in  the  honor  of  Robert  Glaser.  Hillsdale,  NJ:  Lawrence  Erlbaum  Associates;  1989.  p.  453–94.    

12.     Collins  A.  Cognitive  apprenticeship.  In:  Sawyer  R,  editor.  The  Cambridge  Handbook  of  the  Learning  Sciences.  1st  ed.  Cambringde:  Cambridge  University  Press;  2006.  p.  47–60.    

13.     Brown  JS,  Collins  A,  Duguid  P.  Situated  Cognition  and  the  Culture  of  Learning.  Educ  Res.  1989;18:32–42.    

14.     Lave  J,  Wenger  E.  Situated  Learning.  Legitimate  Peripheral  Participation.  Edinburgh:  Cambridge  University  Press;  1991.    

15.     Harden  RM,  Sowden  S,  Dunn  WR.  Educational  strategies  in  curriculum  development:  the  SPICES  model.  Med  Teach.  1984;18:284–97.    

16.     Cooke  M,  Irby  D,  O’Brien  BC.  Educating  Physicians  -­‐  A  Call  for  Reform  of  Medical  School  and  Residency.  San  Francisco:  Jossey-­‐Bass;  2010.    

17.     Koens  F,  Mann  K  V,  Custers  EJFM,  Ten  Cate  OTJ.  Analysing  the  concept  of  context  in  medical  education.  Med  Educ.  2005  Dec;39(12):1243–9.    

18.     Dahle  LO,  Brynhildsen  J,  Behrbohm  Fallsberg  M,  Rundquist  I,  Hammar  M.  Pros  and  cons  of  vertical  integration  between  clinical  medicine  and  basic  science  within  a  problem-­‐based  undergraduate  medical  curriculum:  examples  and  experiences  from  Linköping,  Sweden.  Med  Teach.  2002  May;24(3):280–5.    

19.     Koens  F.  Vertical  Integration  in  Medical  Education.  Utrecht,  the  Netherlands:  Doctoral  Dissertation,  Utrecht  University;  2005.    

20.     General  Medical  Council,  editor.  Tomorrow  ’  s  Doctors  -­‐  Outcomes  and  standards  for  undergraduate  medical  education  [Internet].  London:  General  Medical  Council;  2009.  Available  from:  http://www.gmc-­‐uk.org/TomorrowsDoctors_2009.pdf_39260971.pdf  

21.     Anderson  B.  Learning  objectives  for  medical  student  education-­‐-­‐guidelines  for  medical  schools:  report  I  of  the  Medical  School  Objectives  Project.  Acad  Med.  1999  Jan;74(1):13–8.    

Page 48: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 48  

22.     Van  Herwaarden  CLA,  Laan  RFJM,  Leunissen  RRM.  The  2009  Framework  for  Undergraduate  Medical  Education  in  the  Netherlands  [Internet].  Utrecht;  2009.  Available  from:  http://www.vsnu.nl/Media-­‐item/Raamplan-­‐Artsopleiding-­‐2009.htm  

23.     Epstein  RM,  Hundert  EM.  Defining  and  Assessing  Professional  Competence.  JAMA  J  Am  Med  Assoc.  2002;287(2):226–35.    

24.     Ten  Cate  O.  Competency-­‐Based  Medical  Education.  In:  Cockerham  WC,  Dingwall  R,  Quah  S,  editors.  The  Wiley-­‐Blackwell  Encyclopedia  of  Health,  Illness,  Behavior,  and  Society.  Hoboken,  NJ:  John  Wiley  &  Sons;  2014.  p.  1329–35.    

25.     Albanese  MA,  Mejicano  G,  Mullan  P,  Kokotailo  P,  Gruppen  L.  Defining  characteristics  of  educational  competencies.  Med  Educ.  2008  Mar;42(3):248–55.    

26.     Bok  HGJ.  Competency-­‐based  Veterinary  Education:  an  integrative  approach  to  learning  and  assessment  in  the  clinical  workplace.  PhD  thesis.  Utrecht:  Utrecht  University;  2014.    

27.     Frank  JR,  Mungroo  R,  Ahmad  Y,  Wang  M,  De  Rossi  S,  Horsley  T,  et  al.  Toward  a  definition  of  competency-­‐based  education  in  medicine:  a  systematic  review  of  published  definitions.  Med  Teach.  2010  Jan;32(8):631–7.    

28.     Orgill  BD,  Simpson  D.  Toward  a  glossary  of  competency-­‐based  medical  education  terms.  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  2014  Jun;6(2):203–6.    

29.     Kulik  C-­‐LC,  Kulik  JA,  Bangert-­‐Drowns  RL.  Effectiveness  of  mastery  learning  programs:  a  meta-­‐analysis.  Rev  Educ  Res.  1990;60(2):265–99.    

30.     McGaghie  WC,  Issenberg  SB,  Barsuk  JH,  Wayne  DB.  A  critical  review  of  simulation-­‐based  mastery  learning  with  translational  outcomes.  Med  Educ.  2014  Apr;48(4):375–85.    

31.     Ten  Cate  O.  Last  Page:  What  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  Add  to  a  Competency-­‐Based  Curriculum.  Acad  Med.  2014;89(4):691.    

32.     Grant  J.  The  Incapacitating  Effects  of  Competence:  A  Critique.  Adv  Health  Sci  Educ  Theory  Pract.  1999  Jan;4(3):271–7.    

33.     Talbot  M.  Monkey  see,  monkey  do:  a  critique  of  the  competency  model  in  graduate  medical  education.  Med  Educ.  2004  Jun;38(6):587–92.    

34.     Brooks  MA.  Medical  education  and  the  tyranny  of  competency.  Perspect  Biol  Med.  2009  Jan;52(1):90–102.    

35.     Malone  K,  Supri  S.  A  critical  time  for  medical  education:  the  perils  of  competence-­‐based  reform  of  the  curriculum.  Adv  Health  Sci  Educ  Theory  Pract.  2010  Sep  14;    

36.     Glass  JM.  Competency  based  training  is  a  framework  for  incompetence.  Br  Med  J.  2014;348:g2909.    

37.     Ten  Cate  O,  Scheele  F.  Competency-­‐Based  Postgraduate  Training:  Can  We  Bridge  the  Gap  between  Theory  and  Clinical  Practice�?  Acad  Med.  2007;82(6):542–7.    

38.     Scheele  F,  Caccia  N,  Van  Luijk  S,  Van  Loon  K,  De  Rooyen  C.  BOEG-­‐Better  Education  for  Obstetrics  and  Gynaecology.  A  National  Competency-­‐Based  Curriculum  for  Obstetrics  &  Gynaecology.  Utrecht,  the  Netherlands;  2013  p.  1–61.    

39.     Gilhooly  J,  Schumacher  DJ,  West  DC,  Jones  MD.  The  Promise  and  Challenge  of  Entrustable  Professional  Activities.  Pediatrics.  2014  May  1;133(Supplement):S78–9.    

40.     Caverzagie  KJ,  Cooney  TG,  Hemmer  P  a,  Berkowitz  L.  The  Development  of  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  for  Internal  Medicine  Residency  Training:  A  Report  From  the  Education  Redesign  Committee  of  the  Alliance  for  Academic  Internal  Medicine.  Acad  Med.  2014  Nov  18;XX(X):1–6.    

41.     Shaughnessy  AF,  Sparks  J,  Cohen-­‐osher  M,  Goodell  KH,  Sawin  GL,  Gravel  J.  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  in  Family  Medicine.  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  2013;5(1):112–8.    

42.     Boyce  P,  Spratt  C,  Davies  M,  McEvoy  P.  Using  entrustable  professional  activities  to  guide  curriculum  development  in  psychiatry  training.  BMC  Med  Educ.  2011  Jan;11:96.    

43.     Fessler  HE,  Addrizzo-­‐Harris  D,  Beck  JM,  Buckley  JD,  Pastores  SM,  Piquette  CA,  et  al.  Entrustable  professional  activities  and  curricular  milestones  for  fellowship  training  in  

Page 49: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 49  

pulmonary  and  critical  care  medicine:  report  of  a  multisociety  working  group.  Chest.  2014  Sep  1;146(3):813–34.    

44.     Frank  JR.  The  CanMEDS  2005  physician  competency  framework:  Better  standards,  better  physicians,  better  care.  Ottawa:  Royal  College  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons  in  Canada;  2005.    

45.     Bok  HGJ,  Jaarsma  DADC,  Teunissen  PW,  van  der  Vleuten  CPM,  van  Beukelen  P.  Development  and  validation  of  a  competency  framework  for  veterinarians.  J  Vet  Med  Educ.  2011  Jan;38(3):262–9.    

46.     Bok  HGJ,  Teunissen  PW,  Boerboom  TBB,  Rhind  S,  Baillie  S,  Tegzes  J,  et  al.  International  survey  of  veterinarians  to  assess  the  importance  of  competencies  in  professional  practice  and  education.  J  Am  Vet  Med  Assoc.  2014;245(8):906–13.    

47.     Jones  MD,  Rosenberg  A,  Gilhooly  JT,  Carraccio  CL.  Perspective:  Competencies,  outcomes,  and  controversy-­‐-­‐linking  professional  activities  to  competencies  to  improve  resident  education  and  practice.  Acad  Med.  2011  Feb;86(2):161–5.    

48.     Rose  S,  Fix  OK,  Shah  BJ,  Jones  TN,  Szyjkowski  RD,  Bosworth  BP,  et  al.  Entrustable  professional  activities  for  gastroenterology  fellowship  training.  Gastrointest  Endosc.  2014  Jul;80(1):16–27.    

49.     Mulder  H,  Ten  Cate  O,  Daalder  R,  Berkvens  J.  Building  a  competency-­‐based  workplace  curriculum  around  entrustable  professional  activities:  The  case  of  physician  assistant  training.  Med  Teach.  2010  Jan;32(10):e453–9.    

50.     Teman  NR,  Gauger  PG,  Mullan  PB,  Tarpley  JL,  Minter  RM.  Entrustment  of  general  surgery  residents  in  the  operating  room:  factors  contributing  to  provision  of  resident  autonomy.  J  Am  Coll  Surg.  American  College  of  Surgeons;  2014  Oct;219(4):778–87.    

51.     Kennedy  TJT,  Regehr  G,  Baker  GR,  Lingard  LA.  Progressive  independence  in  clinical  training:  a  tradition  worth  defending?  Acad  Med.  2005  Oct;80(10  Suppl):S106–11.    

52.     Halpern  SD,  Detsky  AS.  Graded  Autonomy  in  Medical  Education  —  Managing  Things  That  Go  Bump  in  the  Night.  N  Engl  J  Med.  2014;370(12):1086–9.    

53.     Mehta  NB,  Hull  AL,  Young  JB,  Stoller  JK.  Just  imagine:  new  paradigms  for  medical  education.  Acad  Med.  2013  Oct;88(10):1418–23.    

54.     Jonassen  D,  Tessmer  M,  Hannum  W.  Task  analysis  methods  for  instructional  design.  1st  ed.  Mahwah,  New  Jersy:  Lawrence  Erlbaum  Associates;  1999.    

55.     Dijkstra  IS,  Pols  J,  Remmelts  P,  Bakker  B,  Mooij  JJ,  Borleffs  JCC,  et  al.  What  are  we  preparing  them  for?  Development  of  an  inventory  of  tasks  for  medical,  surgical  and  supportive  specialties.  Med  Teach.  2013  Apr;35(4):e1068–77.    

56.     Raymond  MR,  Mee  J,  King  A,  Haist  SA,  Winward  ML.  What  new  residents  do  during  their  initial  months  of  training.  Acad  Med.  2011  Oct;86(10  Suppl):S59–62.    

57.     Englander  R,  Flynn  T,  Call  S,  Carraccio  C,  Cleary  L,  Fulton  T,  et  al.  Core  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  for  Entering  Residency  Curriculum  Developers  ’  Guide  [Internet].  Washington  DC;  2014  p.  1–114.  Available  from:  www.aamc.org  

58.     Leipzig  RM,  Sauvigné  K,  Granville  LJ,  Harper  GM,  Kirk  LM,  Levine  S  a,  et  al.  What  Is  a  Geriatrician?  American  Geriatrics  Society  and  Association  of  Directors  of  Geriatric  Academic  Programs  End-­‐of-­‐Training  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  for  Geriatric  Medicine.  J  Am  Geriatr  Soc.  2014  May;62(5):924–9.    

59.     Warm  EJ,  Mathis  BR,  Held  JD,  Pai  S,  Tolentino  J,  Ashbrook  L,  et  al.  Entrustment  and  mapping  of  observable  practice  activities  for  resident  assessment.  J  Gen  Intern  Med.  2014  Aug;29(8):1177–82.    

60.     Dijksterhuis  MGK,  Voorhuis  M,  Teunissen  PW,  Schuwirth  LWT,  ten  Cate  OTJ,  Braat  DDM,  et  al.  Assessment  of  competence  and  progressive  independence  in  postgraduate  clinical  training.  Med  Educ.  2009  Dec;43(12):1156–65.    

Page 50: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 50  

61.     Kashner  TM,  Byrne  JM,  Henley  SS,  Golden  RM,  Aron  DC,  Cannon  GW,  et  al.  Measuring  progressive  independence  with  the  resident  supervision  index:  theoretical  approach.  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  2010  Mar;2(1):8–16.    

62.     Ten  Cate  O,  Snell  L,  Mann  K,  Vermunt  J.  Orienting  teaching  toward  the  learning  process.  Acad  Med.  2004  Mar;79(3):219–28.    

63.     Ten  Cate  TJ,  Kusurkar  RA,  Williams  GC.  How  self-­‐determination  theory  can  assist  our  understanding  of  the  teaching  and  learning  processes  in  medical  education.  AMEE  guide  No.  59.  Med  Teach.  2011  Jan;33(12):961–73.    

64.     Karen  E.  Hauer  KE,  Jeffrey  Kohlwes  J,  Patricia  Cornett  P,  Hollander  H,  ten  Cate  O,  Ranji  SR,  et  al.  Identifying  entrustable  professional  activities  in  internal  medicine  training.  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  2013;5(4):54–9.    

65.     Chang  A,  Bowen  JL,  Buranosky  RA,  Frankel  RM,  Ghosh  N,  Rosenblum  MJ,  et  al.  Transforming  primary  care  training-­‐-­‐patient-­‐centered  medical  home  entrustable  professional  activities  for  internal  medicine  residents.  J  Gen  Intern  Med.  2013  Jun;28(6):801–9.    

66.     O’Keeffe  M.  Clinical  competence  in  developmental-­‐behavioural  paediatrics:  Raising  the  bar.  J  Paediatr  Child  Health.  2013  May  28;    

67.     Fessler  HE,  Addrizzo-­‐Harris  D,  Beck  JM,  Buckley  JD,  Pastores  SM,  Piquette  C  a,  et  al.  Entrustable  professional  activities  and  curricular  milestones  for  fellowship  training  in  pulmonary  and  critical  care  medicine:  executive  summary  from  the  multi-­‐society  working  group.  Crit  Care  Med.  2014  Oct;42(10):2290–1.    

68.     Ten  Cate  O.  Trusting  Graduates  to  Enter  Residency:  What  Does  It  Take?  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  2014;6(March):7–10.    

69.     AERA/APA/NCME.  Standards  for  Educational  and  Psychological  Testing.  Plake  B,  Wise  L,  and  others,  editors.  Washington  DC:  American  Educational  Research  Association;  2014.    

70.     Spenkelink-­‐Schut  G,  ten  Cate  TJ,  Kort  HSM.  Toepassing  van  het  concept  EPA  als  verbinding  tussen  professionele  activiteiten  en  CanMEDS  competentie-­‐gebieden:  pilotstudie  Physician  Assistant  Urologie  (Applying  EPAs  to  link  CanMEDS  competencies  for  the  physician  assistant  workforce  in  urology).  Tijdschr  voor  Med  Ond  (Dutch  J  Med  Educ  ).  2008  Oct;27(5):230–8.    

71.     Touchie  C,  De  Champlain  A,  Pugh  D,  Downing  S,  Bordage  G.  Supervising  incoming  first-­‐year  residents:  faculty  expectations  versus  residents’  experiences.  Med  Educ.  2014  Sep;48(9):921–9.    

72.     Hauer  KE,  Soni  K,  Cornett  P,  Kohlwes  J,  Hollander  H,  Ranji  SR,  et  al.  Developing  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  as  the  Basis  for  Assessment  of  Competence  in  an  Internal  Medicine  Residency:  A  Feasibility  Study.  J  Gen  Intern  Med.  2013  Apr  18;(Im).    

73.     Jones  J,  Hunter  D.  Consensus  methods  for  medical  and  health  services  research.  Br  Med  J.  1995;311(August):376–80.    

74.     Westerveld  H,  Bos-­‐Onderstal  L,  ter  Braak  E,  Hendrix  H,  Lagaaij  M,  Voorn  T,  et  al.  Aansluiting  van  de  studie  geneeskunde  op  vervolg-­‐opleidingen:  een  interviewstudie  onder  arts-­‐assistenten  en  opleiders  van  medische  specialismen  (Linking  medical  school  and  residency:  an  interview  study  among  residents  and  residency  program  directors).  Tijdschr  voor  Med  Ond  (Dutch  J  Med  Educ  ).  2004;23(1):15–22.    

75.     Merrill  DM.  A  Task-­‐Centered  Instructional  Strategy.  J  Res  Technol  Educ.  2007  Sep;40(1):5–22.    

76.     Vygotsky  LS.  Mind  in  society.  The  development  of  higher  psychological  processes.  Cambridge,  MA:  Harvard  University  Press;  1978.    

77.     Whalen  T,  Wendel  G.  Chaper  6  New  Supervision  Standards:  discussion  and  justification.  The  ACGME  2011  Duty  Hour  Standards  -­‐  Enhancing  Quality  of  Care,  Supervision,  and  Resident  Professional  Development  [Internet].  Chicago,  IL:  Accreditation  Council  for  

Page 51: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 51  

Graduate  Medical  Education;  2011.  p.  39–45.  Available  from:  http://www.acgme.org/acgmeweb/Portals/0/PDFs/jgme-­‐11-­‐00-­‐39-­‐45[1].pdf  

78.     Chen  H,  Van  den  Broek  W,  ten  Cate  OTJ.  Entrustable  professional  activities  in  undergraduate  medical  education.  Acad  Med.  :in  –  press.    

79.     Chen  HC,  van  den  Broek  WES,  ten  Cate  O.  The  Case  for  Use  of  Entrustable  Professional  Activities  in  Undergraduate  Medical  Education.  Acad  Med  [Internet].  2014  Dec  2  [cited  2014  Dec  4];XX(X):1–6.  Available  from:  http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/25470310  

80.     Cohen  ER,  Barsuk  JH,  Moazed  F,  Caprio  T,  Didwania  A,  McGaghie  WC,  et  al.  Making  July  safer:  simulation-­‐based  mastery  learning  during  intern  boot  camp.  Acad  Med.  2013  Feb;88(2):233–9.    

81.     Hirsh  D,  Gaufberg  E,  Ogur  B,  Cohen  P,  Krupat  E,  Cox  M,  et  al.  Educational  outcomes  of  the  Harvard  Medical  School-­‐Cambridge  integrated  clerkship:  a  way  forward  for  medical  education.  Acad  Med.  2012  May;87(5):643–50.    

82.     Hirsh  D,  Walters  L,  Poncelet  AN.  Better  learning,  better  doctors,  better  delivery  system:  Possibilities  from  a  case  study  of  longitudinal  integrated  clerkships.  Med  Teach.  2012  Jan;34(7):548–54.    

83.     Hirsh  D,  Ogur  B,  Thibault  GE,  Cox  M.  “Continuity”  as  an  organizing  principle  for  clinical  education  reform.  N  Engl  J  Med.  2007  Feb  22;356(8):858–66.    

84.     Hirsh  DA,  Holmboe  ES,  Ten  Cate  O.  Time  to  Trust:  Longitudinal  Integrated  Clerkships  and  Entrustable  Professional  Activities.  Acad  Med.  2013  Dec  19;89(2):201–4.    

85.     Hauer  KE,  Ten  Cate  O,  Boscardin  C,  Irby  DM,  Iobst  W,  O’Sullivan  PS.  Understanding  trust  as  an  essential  element  of  trainee  supervision  and  learning  in  the  workplace.  Adv  Health  Sci  Educ  Theory  Pract.  2014  Aug;19(3):435–56.    

86.     Carraccio  C,  Wolfsthal  SD,  Englander  R,  Ferentz  K,  Martin  C.  Shifting  paradigms:  from  Flexner  to  competencies.  Acad  Med.  2002  May;77(5):361–7.    

87.     Corona-­‐Committee.  Draft  CORONA  Curriculum  for  the  Merged  Radiology  and  Nuclear  Medicine  Residency  Programs  [in  Dutch].  Utrecht,  the  Netherlands;  2014  p.  1–59.    

88.     Kogan  JR,  Conforti  LN,  Iobst  WF,  Holmboe  ES.  Reconceptualizing  Variable  Rater  Assessments  as  Both  an  Educational  and  Clinical  Care  Problem.  Acad  Med.  2014  Mar  24;89(5):1–7.    

89.     Lurie  SJ,  Mooney  CJ,  Lyness  JM.  Commentary:  pitfalls  in  assessment  of  competency-­‐based  educational  objectives.  Acad  Med.  2011  Apr;86(4):412–4.    

90.     Lurie  SJ,  Mooney  CJ,  Lyness  JM.  Measurement  of  the  general  competencies  of  the  accreditation  council  for  graduate  medical  education:  a  systematic  review.  Acad  Med.  2009  Mar;84(3):301–9.    

91.     Govaerts  MJB,  van  der  Vleuten  CPM,  Schuwirth  LWT,  Muijtjens  AMM.  Broadening  perspectives  on  clinical  performance  assessment:  rethinking  the  nature  of  in-­‐training  assessment.  Adv  Health  Sci  Educ  Theory  Pract.  2007  May;12(2):239–60.    

92.     Weller  JM,  Misur  M,  Nicolson  S,  Morris  J,  Ure  S,  Crossley  J,  et  al.  Can  I  leave  the  theatre?  A  key  to  more  reliable  workplace-­‐based  assessment.  Br  J  Anaesth.  2014  Mar  17;1–9.    

93.     Ten  Cate  O.  Trust,  competence,  and  the  supervisor’s  role  in  postgraduate  training.  BMJ.  2006  Oct  7;333(7571):748–51.    

94.     Ten  Cate  O,  Hart  D,  Ankel  F,  Busari  J,  Englander  R,  Glasgow  N,  et  al.  Entrustment  decision-­‐making  in  clinical  training.  submitted.  2015;-­‐(-­‐):-­‐.    

95.     Sterkenburg  A,  Barach  P,  Kalkman  C,  Gielen  M,  ten  Cate  O.  When  do  supervising  physicians  decide  to  entrust  residents  with  unsupervised  tasks?  Acad  Med.  2010  Sep;85(9):1408–17.    

Page 52: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 52  

96.     Choo  KJ,  Arora  VM,  Barach  P,  Johnson  JK,  Farnan  JM.  How  do  supervising  physicians  decide  to  entrust  residents  with  unsupervised  tasks?  A  qualitative  analysis.  J  Hosp  Med.  2014  Jan  20;9(3):169–75.    

97.     Wijnen-­‐Meijer  M,  van  der  Schaaf  M,  Nillesen  K,  Harendza  S,  Ten  Cate  O.  Essential  facets  of  competence  that  enable  trust  in  medical  graduates:  a  ranking  study  among  physician  educators  in  two  countries.  Perspect  Med  Educ.  2013  Nov;2(5-­‐6):290–7.    

98.     Tiyyagura  G,  Balmer  D,  Chaudoin  L,  Kessler  D,  Khanna  K,  Srivastava  G,  et  al.  The  Greater  Good:  How  Supervising  Physicians  Make  Entrustment  Decisions  in  the  Pediatric  Emergency  Department.  Acad  Pediatr.  Elsevier  Ltd;  2014  Nov;14(6):597–602.    

99.     Gingerich  A,  Kogan  J,  Yeates  P,  Govaerts  M,  Holmboe  E.  Seeing  the  “black  box”  differently:  assessor  cognition  from  three  research  perspectives.  Med  Educ.  2014  Nov;48(11):1055–68.    

100.     Choudhry  NK,  Liao  JM,  Detsky  AS.  Selecting  a  Specialist  -­‐  Adding  Evidence  to  the  Clinical  Practice  of  Making  Referrals.  JAMA  J  Am  Med  Assoc.  2014;312(18):1861–2.    

101.     Kennedy  TJT,  Regehr  G,  Baker  GR,  Lingard  L.  Point-­‐of-­‐care  assessment  of  medical  trainee  competence  for  independent  clinical  work.  Acad  Med.  2008  Oct;83(10  Suppl):S89–92.    

102.     Wijnen-­‐Meijer  M,  Van  der  Schaaf  M,  Nillesen  K,  Harendza  S,  ten  Cate  O.  Essential  facets  of  competence  that  enable  trust  in  graduates:  A  Delphi  study  among  physician  educators  in  the  Netherlands.  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  :in  press.    

103.     O’Neill  O.  A  Question  of  Trust.  Cambridge  UK:  Cambridge  University  Press;  2002.    104.     Mayer  RC,  Davis  JH,  Schoorman  FD.  An  integrative  model  of  organizational  trust.  Acad  

Manag  Rev.  1995;20(3):709–34.    105.     Young  JQ,  Van  Merrienboer  J,  Durning  S,  Ten  Cate  O.  Cognitive  Load  Theory:  Implications  

for  medical  education:  AMEE  Guide  No.  86.  Med  Teach.  2014  Mar  4;(86):1–14.    106.     Gigerenzer  G,  Gaissmaier  W.  Heuristic  decision  making.  Annu  Rev  Psychol.  2011  

Jan;62:451–82.    107.     Goldstein  DG,  Gigerenzer  G.  Models  of  ecological  rationality:  The  recognition  heuristic.  

Psychol  Rev.  2002;109(1):75–90.    108.     Regehr  G,  Macray  H,  Reznick  R,  Szalay  D.  Comparing  the  psychometric  properties  of  

checklists  and  global  ratings  scales  for  assessment  performance  on  an  OSCE-­‐format  Examination.  Acad  Med.  1998;73:993–7.    

109.     Hauer  K,  Chesluk  B,  Iobst  W,  Holmboe  E,  Baron  R,  Boscardin  C,  et  al.  Resident  Competence  Review  in  Graduate  Medical  Education:  a  Qualitative  Study.  Acad  Med.  -­‐(-­‐):-­‐.    

110.     Cianciolo  AT,  Kegg  JA.  Behavioral  Specification  of  the  Entrustment  Process.  J  Grad  Med  Educ.  2013;5(1):10–2.    

111.     Kogan  JR,  Holmboe  ES,  Hauer  KE.  Tools  for  Direct  Observation  and  Assessment  A  Systematic  Review.  JAMA  J  Am  Med  Assoc.  2009;302(12):1316–26.    

112.     Norcini  J,  Burch  V.  Workplace-­‐based  assessment  as  an  educational  tool:  AMEE  Guide  No.  31.  Med  Teach.  2007  Nov;29(9):855–71.    

113.     Ten  Cate  T.,  Fluit  CRMG.  Guidelined  for  Short  Practice  Observations  [Richtlijn  korte  praktijkbeoordeling]  [Dutch].  Netherlands  J  Med  Educ  [Internet].  2011  Feb  27;29(5):s105–34.  Available  from:  http://www.springerlink.com/index/10.1007/s12507-­‐010-­‐0101-­‐6  

114.     Norcini  JJ,  Blank  LL,  Duffy  FD,  Fortna  GS.  The  Mini-­‐CEX�:  A  Method  for  Assessing  Clinical  Skills.  Ann  Intern  Med.  2003;138:476–81.    

115.     Weller  JM,  Misur  M,  Nicolson  S,  Morris  J,  Ure  S,  Crossley  J,  et  al.  Can  I  leave  the  theatre�?  A  key  to  more  reliable  workplace-­‐based  assessment.  Br  J  Anaesth.  2014;(EarlyOnline):1–9.    

116.     Warm  E,  Mathis  B,  Fichtenbaum  C,  Mueller  C,  Pain  S,  Tolentino  J,  et  al.  A  novel  assessment  system  created  by  mapping  milestones  to  entrustble  professional  activities.  University  of  Cincinnati;  2013.  p.  Poster.    

Page 53: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 53  

117.     Wijnen-­‐Meijer  M,  Kilminster  S,  Van  Der  Schaaf  M,  Ten  Cate  O.  The  impact  of  various  transitions  in  the  medical  education  continuum  on  perceived  readiness  of  trainees  to  be  entrusted  with  professional  tasks.  Med  Teach.  2012  Jan;34(11):929–35.    

118.     Ten  Cate  O,  Billett  S.  Competency-­‐based  medical  education:  origins,  perspectives  and  potentialities.  Med  Educ.  2014  Mar;48(3):325–32.    

119.     Cianciolo  AT.  Deciding  “what  to  teach”  health  professionals:  a  human-­‐centred  systems  engineering  perspective.  Med  Educ.  2014  Dec  20;48(12):1150–6.    

120.     Custers  EJFM,  Ten  Cate  OTJ.  Very  long-­‐term  retention  of  basic  science  knowledge  in  doctors  after  graduation.  Med  Educ.  2011  Apr;45(4):422–30.    

121.     Dannefer  EF,  Henson  LC.  The  portfolio  approach  to  competency-­‐based  assessment  at  the  Cleveland  Clinic  Lerner  College  of  Medicine.  Acad  Med.  2007  May;82(5):493–502.    

122.     Dannefer  EF,  Bierer  SB,  Gladding  SP.  Evidence  within  a  portfolio-­‐based  assessment  program:  what  do  medical  students  select  to  document  their  performance?  Med  Teach.  2012  Jan;34(3):215–20.    

123.     Van  Tartwijk  J,  Driessen  EW.  Portfolios  for  assessment  and  learning:  AMEE  Guide  no.  45.  Med  Teach.  2009  Sep;31(9):790–801.    

124.     Van  der  Vleuten  CPM,  Schuwirth  LWT.  Assessing  professional  competence:  from  methods  to  programmes.  Med  Educ.  2005  Mar;39(3):309–17.    

125.     Stiggins  R.  Assessment  Crisis:  The  Absence  Of  Assessment  FOR  Learning.  Phi  Delta  Kappan.  2002;83(10):758–67.    

126.     Schuwirth  LWT,  van  der  Vleuten  CPM.  General  overview  of  the  theories  used  in  assessment:  AMEE  Guide  No.  57.  Med  Teach.  2011  Jan;33(10):783–97.    

127.     Greller  W,  Drachsler  H.  Translating  Learning  into  Numbers�:  A  Generic  Framework  for  Learning  Analytics.  Educ  Technol  Soc.  2012;15(3):42–57.    

128.     Powell  DE,  Carraccio  C,  Aschenbrener  CA.  Pediatrics  redesign  project:  a  pilot  implementing  competency-­‐based  education  across  the  continuum.  Acad  Med.  2011  Nov;86(11):e13.    

129.     Knape  JT.,  ten  Cate  TJ.  Still  too  old,  too  smart  and  too  expensive  [Nog  altijd  te  oud,  te  knap,  te  duur][in  Dutch].  Med  Contact  (Bussum).  2010;65(13):582–5.    

       

Page 54: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 54  

APPENDIX  I:      PROPOSED  EPAs  for  undergraduate  medical  education    1.    UMC  UTRECHT  AND  CHARITE  BERLIN    Main  contributors:  Marta  Reyman,  Sanne  van  den  Munckhof,  Lisanne  Welink,  Olle  ten  Cate,  Harm  Peters,  Ylva  Hotzhausen,  Asja  Maaz    At  this  stage  (December  2014)  not  all  EPAs  to  be  introduced  in  the  undergraduate  curricula  in  the  coming  years  have  been  agreed  upon.  Based  on  a  Delphi  study  in  Berlin,  literature  review  and  a  series  of  expert  meetings  in  Utrecht,  three  EPAs  were  selected  to  serve  for  experimental  investigation  in  the  WATCHME  project.   Title  of  the  EPA   EPA  1  -­  Routine  check-­up  of  the  stable  adult  patient  

 Specification  and  limita-­‐tions  

-­‐ This  EPA  includes  no  more  and  no  less  thanMeasuring  vital  param-­‐eters:  heart  rate,  respiratory  rate,  temperature,  blood  pressure,  saturationExplaining  all  actions  to  the  patient  

-­‐ Reporting  results  to  the  health  care  team  including  interpretation,  orally  and/or  written  

Context:  ambulatory  and  inpatient  setting  Targeted  transition:  first  fulltime  clinical  clerkship  to  next  clerkship  Limitations:  only  with  circulatory  stable  patients  of  18  year  and  older    

Most  relevant  domains  of  competence    

X  Medical  Expert   "  Health  Advocate      X  Communicator   "  Scholar  X  Collaborator       "  Professional  "      Manager    

Required  experience,  knowledge,  skills,  atti-­‐tude  and  behavior  

Knowledge:    -­‐ basic  knowledge  of  anatomy  including  relevant  arteries  -­‐ normal  values  of  vital  parameters  Skill:  -­‐ skill  in  using  necessary  devices  to  measure  vital  parameters  -­‐ recognition  of  stable  and  unstable  patients  Attitude  and  behavior:  -­‐ professional  communication  with  the  patient  -­‐ proactive  alertness  in  case  of  adverse  events  -­‐ willingness  to  ask  for  help  if  needed    Experience:    -­‐ all  measurements  done  at  least  5  times    

Assessment:  informa-­‐tion  sources  to  assess  progress  and  ground  a  structural  entrustment  decision    

-­‐ Observation:  satisfactory  observation  of  all  measurements  at  least  fully  twice  by  experienced  health  care  professionals  (nurse,  physi-­‐cian  or  other)  

-­‐ Case-­‐based  discussions:  one  CBD  with  an  qualified  health  care  pro-­‐fessional    

Entrustment  for  which  level  of  supervision  is  to  be  reached  at  which  

Indirect  supervision  (level  3)  ultimately  before  the  transition  to  the  second  full  time  clinical  clerkship  

Page 55: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 55  

stage  of  training?  Expiry  date     One  year  without  practice  after  structural  entrustment  decisions  

   Title  of  the  EPA   EPA  2  -­  Common  clinical  procedures  

 Specification  and  limita-­‐tions  

This  EPA  includes  no  more  and  no  less  than:  1. Explanation  of  the  procedure  to  the  patient  2. Capillary  and  venous  blood  withdrawal  3. Arterial  blood  withdrawal  4. Inserting  a  peripheral  catheter  5. Taking  a  blood  culture  6. Taking  a  smear  (mouth,  nose,  ears,  sores,  pus,  cervical,  anal,  urogen-­‐

ital  and  cervical)  7. Intracutaneous,  subcutaneous  and  intramuscular  injections  8. Giving  infusions  9. Placing  a  nasogastric  tube  10. Surgical  suturing  after  administering  local  anesthesia  11. Administering  a  simple  bandage  12. Taking  an  ECG  Context:  ambulatory  and  inpatient  setting  (not  in  ICU)  Target  transition:  medical  school  to  residency  Limitations.  Certification  does  not  include  the  permission  to  apply  in:  -­‐ Patients  not  capable  of  giving  consent  -­‐ Unstable  or  vitally  endangered  patients    -­‐ Patients  younger  that  18  -­‐ Pregnant  women  

 Most  relevant  domains  of  competence    

X   Medical  Expert  X     Communicator  X     Collaborator  "     Manager  X     Professional  "   Scholar  "   Health  Advocate      

 Required  experience,  knowledge,  skills,  atti-­‐tude  and  behavior  

Knowledge:    -­‐ Anatomy  and  function  of  the  human  body  related  to  the  medical  

procedure,  legal  basis  of  performing  medical  procedures  on  pa-­‐tients,  hygiene  and  infection  prevention,  indication,  goals  and  po-­‐tential  risks  for  the  medical  procedure  

Skills:    -­‐ Preparation  of  all  materials  and  equipment  needed,  technical  exe-­‐

cution  of  the  skills  listed  above,  post-­‐procedure  handling  and  pro-­‐cessing  of  patients  material  gathered,  writing  inquiries.  

Attitude  and  behavior:    -­‐ Putting  patient  at  ease;  being  aware  of  own  and  patient  safety;  cor-­‐

rectly  identifying  the  patient  Experience:    

Page 56: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 56  

-­‐ Minimum  of  10  executions  of  each  medical  procedure,  except  naso-­‐gastric  tube  placement  (minimum  5)      

Assessment:  informa-­‐tion  sources  to  assess  progress  and  ground  a  structural  entrustment  decision    

-­‐ Satisfactory  observation  of  each  procedure  at  least  fully  three  times  by  qualified  health  care  professionals  (nurse,  physician  or  other)  with  practice  observation  report  

-­‐ Case-­‐based  discussions:  each  procedure  must  at  least  once  be  in-­‐clude  in  a  CBD  with  a  qualified  health  care  professional    

Entrustment  for  which  level  of  supervision  is  to  be  reached  at  which  stage  of  training?  

-­‐ Indirect  supervision  (level  3)  reached  ultimately  at  the  graduation  from  medical  school  

-­‐ Parts  of  the  full  list  of  procedures  may  be  entrusted  early  in  medical  school  as  a  smaller,  nested  EPA  (e.g.,  “Venous  and  capillary  blood  withdrawal  and  infusion”  to  be  reached  at  level  3  ultimately  at  the  transition  to  the  second  fulltime  clinical  clerkship).    

Expiry  date     One  year  without  practice  after  structural  entrustment  decisions    

   Title  of  the  EPA   EPA  3  -­  General  history  and  physical  examination  

 Specification  and  limita-­‐tions  

This  EPA  includes  no  more  and  no  less  than:  1. Taking  a  complete  medical  history  of  present  illness  2. Performing  a  full  physical  examination  3. Focused  oral  report  to  a  supervisor  or  a  health  care  team  4. Full  report  in  an  electronic  health  record  Context:  ambulatory  and  inpatient  setting  Transition:  medical  school  to  residency  Limitations:    This  EPA  does  not  cover  specialty-­‐specific  physical  examination  Certification  does  not  include  the  permission  to  apply  in:  • Patients  not  capable  of  giving  consent  • Unstable  or  vitally  endangered  patients    • All  patient  younger  that  18  and  pregnant  women.    

Most  relevant  domains  of  competence    

X     Medical  Expert  X       Communicator  "   Collaborator  "     Manager  X       Professional  "   Scholar  "   Health  Advocate      

 Required  experience,  knowledge,  skills,  atti-­‐tude,  and  behavior  

Experience:  -­‐ The  student  must  a  have  passed  a  structured  clinical  examination  in  

a  simulated  environment.    -­‐ Before  entrustment,  the  student  must  have  experience  with  exam-­‐

ining  at  least  20  patients  

Page 57: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 57  

Knowledge  and  skill:    -­‐ This  EPA  requires  ability  to  (1)  actively  search  for  typical  signs  and  

symptoms  for  the  diseases  and  health  disorders,  to  construct  a  dif-­‐ferential  diagnosis  during  investigation,    (2)  put  together  prelimi-­‐nary  findings  and  documents  related  to  the  patient’s  history,  cur-­‐rent  medication  and,  if  necessary,  consultation  by  physicians  and  conferring  with  family  members,  (4)  structure  a  summary  as  de-­‐fined  by  major  and  minor  complaints,  previous  diagnoses,  current  and  previous  medication.  It  requires  skills  in  techniques  for  history  taking.  

-­‐ Knowledge  of  anatomy  and  most  common  illness  scripts.    

Assessment:  informa-­‐tion  sources  to  assess  progress  and  ground  a  structural  entrustment  decision    

-­‐ Minimum  8  satisfactory  observations  of  history  and  physical  exam-­‐ination  in  primary,  medical  and  surgical  contexts  with  practice  ob-­‐servation  reports  

-­‐ Case-­‐base  discussions:  at  least  3  CBDs,  including  one  with  a  prima-­‐ry,  a  medical  and  a  surgical  specialist,  with  structured  report    

Entrustment  for  which  level  of  supervision  is  to  be  reached  at  which  stage  of  training?  

-­‐ Post-­‐hoc  report  (level  4)  expected  in  the  final  year  and  required  ultimately  at  graduation  for  medical  school  

-­‐ Indirect  supervision  (level  3)  expected  at  transition  to  the  final  year  of  medical  school    

Expiry  date     One  year  without  practice  after  structural  entrustment  decisions    

     

Page 58: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 58  

4. UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  SAN  FRANCISCO  

Based  on  a  Delphi  procedure  medical  educators  and  a  series  of  expert  meetings  (Chen  et  al,  submitted),  the  following  EPAs  were  identified  as  important  for  pre-­‐clerkship  medical  educa-­‐tion.  All  EPAs  aim  at  a  Level  3  supervision  (‘indirect  supervision’)  at  graduation.  Main  contributors:  H.  Carrie  Chen,  Margaret  McNamara,  Arianne  Teherani,  Olle  ten  Cate,  Patricia  O’Sullivan.    EPA  title  

 EPA  1  -­‐  Gather  information  from  a  medically  stable  patient  with  a  common  chief  complaint    

Detailed  descrip-­tion  

         

Use  the  chief  complaint  to  gather  a  history  and  perform  a  complete  or  fo-­‐cused  physical  exam  appropriate  to  the  context,  within  a  reasonable  timeframe  (i.e.  considering  setting,  complexity)  in  the  following  circum-­‐stances:  • The  patient  has  a  common  chief  complaint  (e.g.  earache,  headache,  cough,  

shortness  of  breath,  abdominal  pain,  vomiting/diarrhea,  back  pain,  dysu-­‐ria,  fever,  or  rash)  

• The  patient  may  have  underlying  medical  problems  (e.g.  chronic  condi-­‐tions  such  as  hypertension,  COPD/asthma,  or  diabetes)  

• The  physical  exam  does  not  include  the  genitourinary,  rectal,  or  female  breast  exam  

• The  patient  is  medically  stable  and  is  not  in  significant  physical  or  emo-­‐tional  distress  as  determined  by  a  supervising  clinician  

• The  setting  can  be  in  the  outpatient  clinic,  emergency  department,  or  inpatient  ward  (but  not  intensive  care  units)  

• The  patient  is  mostly  cooperative  (e.g.  non-­‐combative,  adult  or  child  greater  than  7  years  of  age),  relatively  cognitively  intact  (e.g.  non-­‐sedated,  not  delirious  or  demented  or  psychotic)  • History  could  be  obtained  from  a  cooperative  family  member  of  pa-­‐

tient  (e.g.  parent  of  a  child)  • Physical  exam  where  the  patient  is  able  to  ambulate/transfer  

him/herself    • Interactions  are  conducted  in  a  language  in  which  both  parties  are  fluent  

or  through  a  qualified  interpreter.  Specific  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  needed  to  execute  the  EPA  well  

The  following  abilities  are  required  to  perform  this  EPA:  • Knowledge  of  differential  diagnoses  for  common  chief  complaints,  the  

types  of  information  to  elicit  in  the  history  and  types  of  findings  to  assess  for  in  the  physical  exam  based  on  the  signs  and  symptoms  of  common  ill-­‐nesses  (Gained  from  the  EC  courses  and  FPC)  

• Knowledge  of  the  structure  and  parts  of  a  history,  including  what  is  en-­‐tailed  in  a  medication  reconciliation  (FPC)  

• Skills  in  rapport-­‐building,  clear  communications  with  patients,  history-­‐taking,  and  medication  reconciliation  (FPC)  

• Knowledge  of  how  to  perform  all  parts  of  the  basic  complete  physical  examination  (FPC)  

• Skills  in  physical  examination  techniques  and  performing  these  maneu-­‐vers  while  ensuring  patient  comfort  and  modesty  (FPC)  

• Knowledge  of  and  adherence  to  HIPAA  guidelines  (FPC)  • Demonstration  of  compassion,  respect  for  and  sensitivity  to  patients’  

Page 59: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 59  

backgrounds/cultures,  identities,  perspectives,  communication  prefer-­‐ences,  and  needs  (FPC)  

• Demonstration  of  dependability,  accountability,  and  integrity  in  interac-­‐tions  with  patients  (FPC)  

Link  to  FPC  precep-­‐torship  objectives  and  course  compe-­‐tencies  

Associated  preceptorship  objectives:    • Conduct  a  complete  medical  history  on  a  patient  (real  or  standardized)  in  

the  ambulatory,  ED,  or  inpatient  setting  • Conduct  a  focused  history  appropriate  to  the  presenting  complaint(s)  • Perform  a  complete  or  appropriately  focused  basic  physical  examination  

on  a  cooperative  patient  • Extract  relevant  information  from  the  medical  record  including  the  PMH,  

medications,  allergies,  Social  History,  Family  History,  and  problem  list    • Complete  an  accurate  Medication  Reconciliation  (e.g.  using  health  coach-­‐

ing  techniques  or  other  tools  as  appropriate)  • Abide  by  HIPPA  guidelines  in  all  patient-­‐related  encounters  and  commu-­‐

nications  Associated  FPC  course  competencies:  • Gather,  synthesize  and  organize  patient  information  into  a  standard  med-­‐

ical  history  • Perform  a  complete  physical  examination  while  attending  to  patient  

comfort  and  modesty  • Establish  rapport  and  demonstrate  respectful  behaviors  that  address  

patients’  needs  and  preferences  • Demonstrate  sensitivity  and  responsiveness  to  patients’  diversity  and  

identity,  and  advocate  for  patients  and  communities  • Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  integri-­‐

ty,  and  collaboration  with  patients  and  families  • Describe  approaches  to  healthcare  maintenance  and  management  of  

acute  and  chronic  illness  for  patients  across  the  age  spectrum  Link  to  UCSF  Grad-­uation  competen-­cies  and  milestones  most  applicable  to  this  EPA    

Patient  care  • Gather  complete  and  focused  histories  in  an  organized  fashion,  appropri-­‐

ate  to  the  clinical  situation  and  specific  population  • Conduct  relevant,  complete,  and  focused  physical  examinations  Interpersonal  and  communication  skills  • Establish  collaborative  and  constructive  relationships  with  patients  and  

families  • Communicate  effectively  with  patients  and  families  of  diverse  back-­‐

ground  and  cultures  • Elicit  and  address  patients’  concerns,  needs  and  preferences  and  incor-­‐

porate  them  into  management  plans  Professionalism  • Form  doctor-­‐patient  relationships  demonstrating  sensitivity  and  respon-­‐

siveness  to  culture,  race/ethnicity,  age,  socioeconomic  status,  gender,  sexual  orientation,  spirituality,  disabilities,  and  other  aspects  of  diversity  and  identity,  and  advocate  for  care  for  the  underserved  

• Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  and  integrity  when  interacting  with  peers,  inter-­‐professional  healthcare  pro-­‐viders,  patients,  and  families  

• Show  accountability  and  reliability  in  interactions  with  patients,  families,  

Page 60: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 60  

and  other  health  professionals  • Practice  ethically  and  with  integrity,  including  maintaining  patient  confi-­‐

dentiality,  obtaining  appropriate  informed  consent,  and  responding  to  medical  errors  

Link  to  EPAs  from  professional  or-­ganizations  

   

UME  (AAMC  core  EPAs  for  entering  residents)  • Gather  a  history  and  perform  a  physical  examination    GME  • Manage  care  of  patients  with  acute  common  diseases  across  multiple  

care  settings  (medicine)  • Manage  patients  with  acute,  common,  single  system  diagnoses  in  an  am-­‐

bulatory,  emergency  or  inpatient  setting  (pediatrics)  Information  sources  to  gauge  progress  

List  of  evaluation  and  assessment  sources  

Basis  for  formal  entrustment  deci-­‐sion  

Description  of  number  of  times  ability  needs  to  be  demonstrated  in  what  circumstances  

Implications  of  en-­‐trustment  for  the  student  

• Students  entering  clerkships  are  expected  to  have  reached  en-­‐trustment  level  3a  (be  trusted  to  perform  the  EPA  with  reactive  supervision,  where  the  supervising  clinician  is  not  with  the  student  but  is  nearby  and  available,  and  will  recheck  the  student’s  findings)  

• Student  will  be  allowed  to  independently  (without  in-­‐room  super-­‐vision)  gather  information  from  history  and  physical  examination  of  medically  stable  patients  with  common  chief  complaints  to  sup-­‐port  his/her  role  as  a  primary  care  provider  in  the  outpatient  clin-­‐ic,  emergency  department,  or  inpatient  ward.  

 EPA  title  

 EPA  2  -­‐  Integrate  information  gathered  about  the  patient  to  construct  a  rea-­‐soned  and  prioritized  differential  diagnosis  as  well  as  a  preliminary  plan  for  common  chief  complaints.    

Detailed  descrip-­tion      

Integrate  information  from  the  history  and  physical  exam  in  the  following  circumstances  and  with  the  following  characteristics:  • The  patient  has  a  common  chief  complaint  (e.g.  earache,  headache,  cough,  

shortness  of  breath,  abdominal  pain,  vomiting/diarrhea,  back  pain,  dysu-­‐ria,  fever,  or  rash).  

• The  patient  has  up  to  three  significant,  stable  medical  problems  (e.g.  con-­‐trolled  hypertension,  asthma,  or  diabetes).  

• The  differential  diagnosis  and  plan:  • Are  based  on  the  patient’s  history  of  present  illness  • Incorporate  factors  from  the  patient’s  past  medical,  social,  and  family  

histories,  and  the  patient’s  medical  record  (e.g.,  considers  a  patient’s  travel  history  in  the  differential  diagnosis  of  fever.)  

• Incorporate  foundational  science  knowledge  (e.g.  pathophysiology  or  molecular  mechanisms  of  disease)  

• The  differential  diagnosis  includes  more  than  one  possible  diagnosis,  and  is  prioritized  and  supported  by  clinical  reasoning.  

• The  plan  includes  suggestions  for  next  steps  as  appropriate  (e.g.  common-­‐ly  ordered  diagnostic  tests/imaging  and/or  initial  treatment,  medications,  or  interventions).  

Page 61: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 61  

Specific  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  needed  to  execute  the  EPA  well  

The  following  abilities  are  required  to  perform  this  EPA:  • Knowledge  of  the  differential  diagnoses  for  common  chief  complaints,  the  

typical  characteristics  of  the  disease  entities  that  cause  them,  and  man-­‐agement  of  the  more  common  disease  entities  (Gained  from  EC  courses  and  FPC).  

• Knowledge  of  and  skill  in  using  a  systematic  approach  to  generating  a  list  of  possibilities  for  the  differential  diagnoses  

• Skill  in  integration  and  application  of  information  obtained  in  the  history  and  physical  to  determine  likelihood  of  diagnoses  under  consideration  

Link  to  FPC  precep-­‐torship  objectives  and  course  compe-­‐tencies  

Associated  preceptorship  objectives:    • Complete  a  new  patient  write-­‐up  or  interval  visit  SOAP  note,  with  particu-­‐

lar  focus  on  the  problem  list,  and  review  it  with  your  preceptor.  Associated  FPC  course  competencies:  • Apply  clinical  reasoning  to  information  gathering  and  reporting,  including  

medical  documentation,  and  oral  presentations  • Demonstrate  integration  and  application  of  fundamental  sciences  to  clini-­‐

cal  encounters  • Use  clinical  reasoning  to  generate  differential  diagnoses  and  problem  lists  

Link  to  UCSF  Graduation  com-­petencies  and  milestones  most  applicable  to  this  EPA  

Patient  Care  • Present  encounters  including  reporting  of  information  and  development  

of  an  assessment  and  plan  efficiently  and  accurately  • Document  encounters  including  reporting  of  information  and  develop-­‐

ment  of  an  assessment  and  plan  efficiently  and  accurately  Medical  Knowledge  • Establish  and  maintain  knowledge  necessary  for  the  preventive  care,  di-­‐

agnosis,  treatment,  and  management  of  medical  problems  • Demonstrate  curiosity,  objectivity,  and  the  use  of  scientific  reasoning  in  

acquisition  of  knowledge,  and  in  applying  it  to  patient  care  • Select,  justify  and  interpret  diagnostic  clinical  tests  and  imaging  • Diagnose  and  explain  clinical  problems  • Select  and  apply  basic  preventive,  curative,  and/or  palliative  therapeutic  

strategies  for  the  management  of  clinical  conditions  Interpersonal  and  Communication  Skills  • Present  patient  information  efficiently  in  an  organized,  accurate,  and  logi-­‐

cal  fashion  appropriate  for  the  clinical  situation,  including  assessment  and  plan  

Link  to  EPAs  from  professional  or-­ganizations  

   

UME  (AAMC  core  EPAs  for  entering  residents)  • Develop  a  prioritized  differential  diagnosis  and  select  a  working  diagnosis  

following  a  patient  encounter  • Recommend  and  interpret  common  diagnostic  and  screening  tests  GME  • Manage  care  of  patients  with  acute  common  diseases  across  multiple  care  

settings  (medicine)  • Manage  care  of  patients  with  acute  complex  diseases  across  multiple  care  

settings  (medicine)  • Manage  care  of  patients  with  chronic  diseases  across  multiple  care  set-­‐

tings  (medicine)  • Provide  perioperative  assessment  and  care  (medicine)  • Manage  patients  with  acute,  common,  single  system  diagnoses  in  an  ambu-­‐

Page 62: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 62  

latory,  emergency,  or  inpatient  setting  (pediatrics)  • Manage  patients  with  acute  complex  multi-­‐system  disease  in  an  ambulato-­‐

ry,  emergency,  or  inpatient  setting  (pediatrics)  • Recognize,  provide  initial  management  and  refer  patients  presenting  with  

surgical  problems  (pediatrics)  • Assess  and  manage  patients  with  common  behavior/mental  health  prob-­‐

lems  (pediatrics)  Information  sources  to  gauge  progress  

List  of  evaluation  and  assessment  sources  

Basis  for  formal  entrustment  deci-­‐sion  

Description  of  number  of  times  ability  needs  to  be  demonstrated  in  what  cir-­‐cumstances  

Implications  of  entrustment  for  the  student  

• Students  entering  clerkships  are  expected  to  have  reached  entrustment  level  3a  (be  trusted  to  perform  the  EPA  with  reactive  supervision,  where  the  supervising  clinician  is  not  with  the  student  but  is  nearby  and  availa-­‐ble,  and  will  verify  the  student’s  reasoning).  

• Student  will  be  allowed  to  independently  develop  an  initial  assessment    and  plan  after  a  patient  encounter  (to  be  verified  by  the  supervising  clini-­‐cian)  to  support  his/her  role  in  direct  patient  care.  

 EPA  title  

 EPA  3  -­‐  Communicate  information  relevant  to  patient’s  care  with  other  mem-­‐bers  of  the  health  care  team  

Detailed  descrip-­tion    

           

The  following  conditions  and  limitations  apply:  • Findings  following  a  patient  encounter  (e.g.  patient  interview,  physical  

exam,  chart  review,  test  results,  etc)  are  organized  and  prioritized  and  then  communicated  via:  • Oral  case  presentation  using  an  accepted  standard  format  • Written  documentation  using  an  accepted  standard  format  (e.g.  EHR  or  

other)  • The  setting  can  be  in  the  outpatient  clinic,  emergency  department,  or  inpa-­‐

tient  ward  (but  not  intensive  care  units)  • Encounters  may  include  also  include  interactions  outside  the  clinical  set-­‐

ting  (e.g.  home  visit,  telephone  call,  email  correspondence,  etc.)    • Findings  are  presented  and  discussed  with  the  supervising  clinician  before  

sharing  with  other  members  of  the  health  care  team  (e.g.  nursing  staff,  con-­‐sulting  service,  etc.)  

Specific  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  needed  to  execute  the  EPA  well  

The  following  abilities  to  perform  this  EPA:  • Knowledge  of  the  structure  and  components  of  an  oral  case  presentation  

(FPC)  • Knowledge  of  the  structure  and  components  of  an  encounter  note,  includ-­‐

ing  that  of  the  H&P  and  SOAP  note  formats  (FPC)  • Knowledge  of  and  adherence  to  HIPAA  guidelines  (FPC)  • Skills  in  clearly  and  accurately  presenting  patient  information  to  team  

members  in  a  structured  and  organized  fashion  • Skills  in  clearly  and  accurately  documenting  patient  encounters  in  standard  

accepted  formats  such  as  the  H&P  and  SOAP  notes.  • Demonstration  of  dependability,  accountability  and  integrity  in  interac-­‐

tions  with  other  health  care  providers  

Page 63: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 63  

Link  to  FPC  precep-­‐torship  objectives  and  course  compe-­‐tencies  

Associated  preceptorship  objectives:  • Clearly  and  succinctly  communicate  relevant  history  and  physical  findings  

through  oral  presentation    • Clearly  and  succinctly  communicate  relevant  history  and  physical  findings  

through  written  documentation  • Abide  by  HIPPA  guidelines  in  all  patient-­‐related  encounters  and  communi-­‐

cations  Associated  FPC  course  competencies:  • Apply  clinical  reasoning  to  information  gathering  and  reporting,  including  

medical  documentation,  and  oral  presentations  • Demonstrate  integration  and  application  of  fundamental  sciences  to  clini-­‐

cal  encounters  • Use  clinical  reasoning  to  generate  differential  diagnoses  and  problem  lists    • Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  integrity,  

and  collaboration  with  patients,  families  and  the  health  care  team  Link  to  ACGME/UCSF  Graduation  com-­petencies  and  milestones  most  applicable  to  this  EPA  

Patient  care  • Present  encounters  including  reporting  of  information  and  development  of  

an  assessment  and  plan  efficiently  and  accurately  • Document  encounters  including  reporting  of  information  and  development  

of  an  assessment  and  plan  efficiently  and  accurately  Interpersonal  and  communication  skills  • Present  patient  information  efficiently  in  an  organized,  accurate,  logical  

fashion  appropriate  for  the  clinical  situation,  including  the  assessment  and  plan  

• Communicate  oral  and  written  clinical  information  that  accurately  and  efficiently  summarizes  patient  data  

• Communicate  effectively  and  respectfully  with  all  members  of  the  inter-­‐professional  team  involved  in  a  patient’s  care  

Professionalism  • Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  and  integ-­‐

rity  when  interacting  with  peers,  inter-­‐professional  healthcare  providers,  patients,  and  families  

• Show  accountability  and  reliability  in  interactions  with  patients,  families,  and  other  health  professionals  

Link  to  EPAs  from  professional  or-­ganizations  

UME  (AAMC  core  EPAs  for  entering  residents)  • Provide  an  oral  presentation/summary  of  a  patient  encounter  • Provide  documentation  of  a  clinical  encounter  in  written  or  electronic  for-­‐

mat    • Give  or  receive  a  patient  handover  to  transition  care  responsibility  to  an-­‐

other  health  care  provider  or  team  • Participate  as  a  contributing  and  integrated  member  of  an  inter-­‐

professional  team  GME  • Lead  and  work  within  inter-­‐professional  health  care  teams  (medicine  and  

pediatrics)  • Manage  transitions  of  care  (medicine)  • Facilitate  handovers  to  another  healthcare  provider  either  within  or  across  

systems  (pediatrics)  Information   List  of  evaluation  and  assessment  sources  

Page 64: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 64  

sources  to  gauge  progress  Basis  for  formal  entrustment  deci-­‐sion  

Description  of  number  of  times  ability  needs  to  be  demonstrated  in  what  cir-­‐cumstances  

Implications  of  entrustment  for  the  student  

• Students  entering  clerkships  are  expected  to  have  reached  entrustment  level  3a  (be  trusted  to  perform  the  EPA  with  reactive  supervision,  where  the  supervising  clinician  is  not  with  the  student  but  is  nearby  and  availa-­‐ble)  

• Student  will  be  allowed  to  independently  (without  in-­‐room  supervision)  share  information  about  a  patient’s  care  with  the  supervising  clinician  or  with  other  members  of  the  health  care  team  after  discussion  with  the  su-­‐pervising  clinician.  

 EPA  title  

 EPA  4  -­‐  Share  information  about  the  patient’s  care,  including  diagnosis  and  management  plan,  with  a  patient  in  no  significant  physical  or  emotional  dis-­‐tress.    

Detailed  descrip-­tion              

The  following  conditions  and  limitations  apply:  • The  information  to  be  shared  is  straightforward  and  has  been  vetted  by  the  

supervising  clinician.  • Information  can  include  diagnosis,  management  plan,  next  steps,  pa-­‐

tient  education,  anticipatory  guidance,  or  health  coaching.  • The  discussion  is  anticipated  not  to  surprise  or  provoke  undue  anxiety  

in  the  patient.  (e.g.counseling  patients  on  eating  habits,  medications,  or  hgb  A1C  but  not  providing  cancer  diagnosis).  

• The  patient  is  medically  stable  and  has  a  common  acute  or  chronic  diagno-­‐sis  that  is  not  immediately  life  threatening,  critical,  or  emergent.  

• The  patient  is  generally  cooperative  (non-­‐combative,  older  child  or  adult),  relatively  cognitively  intact  (non-­‐sedated,  not  delirious  or  demented  or  psychotic).  • Communication  may  be  with  a  family  member  of  the  patient  (e.g.  par-­‐

ent  of  a  child)  • Communication  is  in  language  in  which  the  provider  and  patient  are  both  

fluent  or  through  a  qualified  interpreter.  • Sharing  information  includes  checking  the  patient’s  understanding  of  the  

information  conveyed  and  seeking  assistance  from  a  supervising  clinician  if  there  is  notable  patient  surprise  or  anxiety.    

Specific  knowledge,  skills,  and  atti-­tudes  needed  to  execute  the  EPA  well  

To  perform  this  EPA,  the  pre-­‐clerkship  student  will  require  the  following  abili-­‐ties:  • Knowledge  of  typical  clinical  course  and  management  for  common  chief  

complaints,  and  patient  education  for  common  health  concerns  (Gained  from  EC  courses  and  FPC).  

• Skills  in  rapport-­‐building,  clear  communications  with  patients,  patient  edu-­‐cation,  and  health  coaching,  utilizing  techniques  such  as  ask-­‐teach-­‐ask,  closing  the  loop/teach  back,  and  looking  ahead/action  plan  (FPC).  

• Skills  in  tailoring  patient  education  information  to  patients’  health  literacy  and  developmental  levels  (FPC).  

• Demonstration  of  compassion,  respect  for  and  sensitivity  to  patients’  back-­‐grounds/cultures,  identities,  perspectives,  communication  preferences,  

Page 65: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 65  

and  needs  (FPC).  • Demonstration  of  dependability,  accountability,  and  integrity  in  interac-­‐

tions  with  patients  (FPC).  Link  to  preceptor-­‐ship  objectives  and  course  com-­‐petencies  

Associated  preceptorship  objectives:  • Demonstrate  appropriate  verbal  communication  with  the  patient  during  

physical  examination  to  inform  the  patient  about  next  steps  • Provide  anticipatory  guidance  about  a  health  related  behavior  (e.g.  healthy  

diets,  adequate  physical  activity,  harm  reduction  in  substance  use)  • Provide  health  coaching  for  common  conditions  (e.g.  obesity,  diabetes,  hy-­‐

percholesterolemia,  hypertension)  Associated  FPC  course  competencies:  • Establish  rapport  and  demonstrate  respectful  behaviors  that  address  pa-­‐

tients’  needs  and  preferences  • Communicate  with  patients  and  families  in  a  manner  appropriate  to  di-­‐

verse  populations  (including  those  across  the  age  and  developmental  spec-­‐trum),  including  discussions  of  sensitive  and  serious  topics  

• Demonstrate  sensitivity  and  responsiveness  to  patients’  diversity  and  iden-­‐tity,  and  advocate  for  patients  and  communities  

• Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  integrity,  and  collaboration  with  patients,  families  and  the  health  care  team  

Link  to  UCSF  Graduation  com-­petencies  and  milestones  most  applicable  to  this  EPA  

 

Interpersonal  and  communication  skills  • Establish  collaborative  and  constructive  relationships  with  patients  and  

families  • Communicate  effectively  with  patients  and  families  of  diverse  background  

and  cultures  • Effectively  and  empathetically  discuss  serious,  sensitive,  and  difficult  top-­‐

ics;  share  information  and  negotiate  treatment  plans  with  patients  and  their  families  

• Communicate  effectively  with  diverse  patients  and  ensure  patient  under-­‐standing  

Professionalism  • Form  doctor-­‐patient  relationships  demonstrating  sensitivity  and  respon-­‐

siveness  to  culture,  race/ethnicity,  age,  socioeconomic  status,  gender,  sex-­‐ual  orientation,  spirituality,  disabilities,  and  other  aspects  of  diversity  and  identity,  and  advocate  for  care  for  the  underserved  

• Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  and  integ-­‐rity  when  interacting  with  peers,  inter-­‐professional  healthcare  providers,  patients,  and  families  

• Show  accountability  and  reliability  in  interactions  with  patients,  families,  and  other  health  professionals  

Link  to  EPAs  from  professional  or-­ganizations  

   

UME  (AAMC  core  EPAs  for  entering  residents)  • Enter  and  discuss  patient  orders/prescriptions    • Obtain  informed  consent  for  tests  and/or  procedures  that  the  day  1  intern  

is  expected  to  perform  or  order  without  supervision  GME  • Manage  care  of  patients  with  acute  common  diseases  across  multiple  care  

settings  (medicine)  • Provide  age-­‐appropriate  screening  and  preventative  care  (medicine)  • Facilitate  family  meetings  (medicine)  

Page 66: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 66  

• Facilitate  the  learning  of  patients,  families,  and  members  of  the  interdisci-­‐plinary  teams  (medicine)  

• Manage  patients  with  acute,  common,  single  system  diagnoses  in  an  ambu-­‐latory,  emergency  or  inpatient  setting  (pediatrics)  

• Provide  recommended  pediatric  health  screening  (pediatrics)  Information  sources  to  gauge  progress  

List  of  evaluation  and  assessment  sources  

Basis  for  formal  entrustment  deci-­‐sion  

Description  of  number  of  times  ability  needs  to  be  demonstrated  in  what  cir-­‐cumstances  

Implications  of  entrustment  for  the  student  

• Students  entering  clerkships  are  expected  to  have  reached  entrustment  level  3a  (be  trusted  to  perform  the  EPA  with  reactive  supervision,  where  the  supervising  clinician  is  not  with  the  student  but  is  nearby  and  available,  and  has  preapproved  the  information  to  be  shared)  

• Student  will  be  allowed  to  independently  (without  in-­‐room  supervision)  share  information  with  patients  about  diagnoses,  next  steps,  and  health  education  to  support  his/her  primary  role  in  direct  patient  care.  

 EPA  title  

 EPA  5  -­‐  Provide  the  health  care  team  with  resources  to  improve  an  individual  patient’s  care  or  collective  patient  care.  

Detailed  descrip-­tion  

   

Information  that  has  been  researched  and  appraised  may  only  be  shared  with  permission  of  the  supervising  clinician.    Resources  include:  • Information  from  the  medical  literature  such  as  practice  guidelines  and  

possible  treatment  options  from  clinical  reviews  and  studies  weighted  by  quality  and  relevance  of  evidence  

• Patient  education  materials  from  the  electronic  medical  record  system  or  other  vetted,  evidence-­‐based  sources  (e.g.  Up  To  Date  Patient  Handouts,  clinic-­‐specific  information,  instructions  on  how  to  take  medications).  

• Local,  community-­‐based  resources  for  support  of  patients  and/or  patients’  families  (e.g.  non-­‐profit  organizations,  support  groups,  food  bank,  hotline  numbers).  

• National  organizations  for  information,  support,  and  advocacy  for  patients  and/or  patients’  families  (e.g.  American  Heart  Association,  American  Can-­‐cer  Society,  Cystic  Fibrosis  Foundation).  

• Expert  opinion  related  to  a  given  problem  from  other  members  of  the  health  care  team  (e.g.  medical  or  nurse  specialist,  pharmacist,  nutritionist,  social  worker,  etc)  

Specific  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  needed  to  execute  the  EPA  well  

The  following  abilities  are  required  to  perform  this  EPA:  • Knowledge  of  potential  information  resources  (Gained  from  the  EC  cours-­‐

es  and  FPC)  • Skill  in  the  appraisal  of  information  sources  and  content  (EC  and  FPC)  • Skill  in  the  use  of  information  technology  to  access  electronic  and  online  

information  (EC  and  FPC)  • Skill  in  summarizing  and  applying  information  to  individual  patients  (EC  

and  FPC)  • Demonstrate  dependability,  accountability,  and  integrity  in  interactions  

with  patients  (FPC)    

Page 67: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 67  

Link  to  preceptor-­‐ship  objectives  and  course  competen-­‐cies  

Associated  preceptorship  objectives:  

• Use  of  available  practice-­‐based  and  web-­‐based  information  to  provide  local,  community,  or  national  resources  to  patients  for  the  management  of  acute  or  chronic  concerns    

Associated  FPC  course  competencies:  

• Demonstrate  sensitivity  and  responsiveness  to  patients’  diversity  and  identity,  and  advocate  for  patients  and  communities  

• Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  integrity,  and  collaboration  with  patients,  families  and  the  health  care  team  

• Demonstrate  knowledge  of  different  health  care  teams  and  systems  and  ways  in  which  they  can  be  improved  

Link  to  UCSF  Graduation  com-­petencies  and  milestones  most  applicable  to  this  EPA  

 

Patient  care  • Demonstrate  confidence  and  efficacy  with  the  primary  provider  role  in  the  

acute  and  ambulatory  settings  and  the  provision  of  longitudinal  care;  Man-­‐age  and  prioritize  patient  care  tasks  for  a  group  of  patients;  Anticipate  pa-­‐tients’  needs,  conduct  discharge  planning,  and  create  individualized  dis-­‐ease  management  and/or  prevention  plans  including  patient  self-­‐management  and  behavior  change  

Problem  based  learning  and  improvement  • Use  information  technology  to  access  online  medical  information,  manage  

information,  and  assimilate  evidence  from  scientific  studies  in  patient  care  • Identify  clinical  questions  as  they  emerge  in  patient  care  activities  and  

identify  and  apply  evidence  relevant  to  answering  those  questions;  ap-­‐praise  and  assimilate  the  scientific  evidence  from  the  literature  and  apply  it  to  clinical  decision  making  for  individual  patients  

• Apply  evidence-­‐based  medicine  to  improve  the  care  of  individual  patients  and  populations  

Professionalism  • Form  doctor-­‐patient  relationships  demonstrating  sensitivity  and  respon-­‐

siveness  to  culture,  race/ethnicity,  age,  socioeconomic  status,  gender,  sex-­‐ual  orientation,  spirituality,  disabilities,  and  other  aspects  of  diversity  and  identity,  and  advocate  for  care  for  the  underserved  

• Demonstrate  respect,  compassion,  accountability,  dependability,  and  in-­‐tegrity  when  interacting  with  peers,  inter-­‐professional  healthcare  provid-­‐ers,  patients  and  families  

• Show  accountability  and  reliability  in  interactions  with  patients,  families,  and  other  health  professionals  

Systems-­‐based  practice  • Participate  effectively  as  a  member  of  the  healthcare  team  with  physicians  

and  inter-­‐professional  healthcare  providers  Link  to  EPAs  from  professional  or-­ganizations  

UME  (AAMC  core  EPAs  for  entering  residents)  • Form  clinical  questions  and  retrieve  evidence  to  advance  patient  care  • Participate  as  contributing  and  integrated  member  of  an  inter-­‐professional  

team  GME  • Improve  the  quality  of  health  care  at  both  the  individual  and  systems  level  

(medicine)  

Page 68: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 68  

• Advocate  for  individual  patients  (medicine)  • Manage  information  from  a  variety  of  sources  for  both  learning  and  appli-­‐

cation  to  patient  care  (pediatrics)  Information  sources  to  gauge  progress  

List  of  evaluation  and  assessment  sources  

Basis  for  formal  entrustment  deci-­‐sion  

Description  of  number  of  times  ability  needs  to  be  demonstrated  in  what  cir-­‐cumstances  

Implications  of  en-­‐trustment  for  the  student  

• Students  entering  clerkships  are  expected  to  have  reached  entrustment  level  3a  (be  trusted  to  perform  the  EPA  with  reactive  supervision,  where  the  supervising  clinician  is  not  with  the  learner  but  is  nearby  and  availa-­‐ble).  

• Student  will  be  allowed  to  independently  research  and  appraise  infor-­‐mation  from  a  variety  of  sources  to  share  with  the  health  care  team  with  permission  from  the  supervising  clinician.  

 

   

Page 69: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 69  

APPENDIX  II:      PROPOSED  EPAs  for  postgraduate  medical  education  –  Anesthesiology    Based  upon  a  Delphi  procedure  among  academic  and  non-­‐academic  anesthesiologists,  45  EPAs  were  identified  as  important  for  residency  education.  Of  these  three  were  selected  for  empirical  investigation  in  the  WATCHME  project.  All  EPAs  aim  at  a  Level  4  supervision  (‘unsupervised’)  at  graduation.  Main  contributors:  Nienke  Wisman-­‐Zwarter,  Reinier  Hoff.    Title  EPA     EPA  1  -­‐  Resuscitation  of  the  multiple  trauma  patient  in  the  Emergency  

Room  Detailed  description    (including  limitation  of  the  EPA  to  specific  patient  groups  and/or  context)  

Resuscitation  of  trauma  patients,  of  all  age  groups,  in  the  Emergency  Room.  Active  participation  in  the  trauma  team.  Assessment  and  control  of  vital  parameters.  Pain  management  in  trauma  patients.    

Which  specific  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  are  neces-­‐sary  to  perform  the  EPA  at  an  adequate  level?      

1. Trauma  mechanisms  &  pathophysiology  2. Organization  of  trauma  care  3. Collaboration  in  the  trauma  team  4. Trauma  diagnoses  &  treatment  5. Primary  &  secondary  survey  6. Trauma  airway  management  7. Emergency  IV1  &  IO2  access  8. Emergency  thoracostomy  9. Hemorrhage  /  massive  transfusion  10. Emergency  Room  administrative  procedures  

 Which  CanMeds  com-­‐petency  fields  are  mostly  addressed  in  this  EPA?    

Ø Medical  expert  Ø Communicator  Ø Collaborator  Ο Manager  Ο Scholar  Ο Health  advocate  Ø Professional  

 

Page 70: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 70  

How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed?    

1. Trauma  Mini-­‐CEX3  2. OSATS4  on  trauma  airway  management  3. OSATS  on  emergency  IV  &  IO  access  4. OSATS  on  emergency  thoracostomy  5. Multi-­‐source  feedback  6. Trauma  case-­‐based  discussions  7. Participation  in  trauma  Simulator  Sessions  

 Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resident  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfac-­‐tory  (=  at  a  level  of  indirect  supervision)    

1. Completion  of  two-­‐month  rotation  Anesthesia  in  the  Emergency  Room  2. ATLS5  certification  3. APLS6  certification  4. Positive  result  (pass)  on  (at  least)  five  trauma  Mini-­‐CEX,  on  different  

days,  by  different  assessors  in  different  contexts  5. Positive  result  (pass)  on  (at  least)  two  case-­‐based  discussions  on  

trauma,  on  different  days,  by  different  assessors  in  different  contexts  6. Positive  result  (pass)  on  OSATS  on  trauma  airway  management,  emer-­‐

gency  IV  &  IO  access  and  emergency  thoracostomy  7. Positive  result  (pass)  on  two  trauma  Simulator  Sessions,  in  different  

contexts  8. Positive  result  (pass)  on  the  evaluation  of  the  EPA  by  (at  least)  3  dif-­‐

ferent  assessors        

Page 71: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 71  

 Title  EPA     EPA  2-­‐  Peripartum  pain  management  

 Detailed  description    (including  limitation  of  the  EPA  to  specific  patient  groups  and/or  context)  

Consenting  the  patient  and  determine  the  indicated  treatment.  Executing  the  indicated  treatment,  and  providing  aftercare  re-­‐garding  aspects  of  pain  relief  during  labour  

Which  specific  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  are  nec-­‐essary  to  perform  the  EPA  at  an  adequate  level?      

1. Knowledge  of  physiologic  changes  during  pregnancy  and  labour  

2. Knowledge  of  pharmacological  considerations  during  preg-­‐nancy  and  labour  

3. Knowledge  of  current  (options  in)  pharmacological  labour  pain  treatment    

4. Informing  and  consenting  the  patient  5. Performing  epidural  analgesia  during  labour  6. Performing  opioid-­‐based  analgesia  during  labour  7. Monitoring  vital  parameters  8. Recognition  and  treatment  of  labour  analgesia  complica-­‐

tions  9. Collaboration  with  the  obstetric  team  10. Labour  suite  administrative  procedures  

 Which  CanMeds  competency  fields  are  mostly  addressed  in  this  EPA?    

Ø Medical  expert  Ø Communicator  Ø Collaborator  Ο Manager  Ο Scholar  Ο Health  advocate  Ø Professional  

 

Page 72: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 72  

How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  as-­‐sessed?    

1. Labour  suite  Mini-­‐CEX1  2. OSATS2  epidural  3. Multi-­‐source  feedback  4. Labour  analgesia  case-­‐based  discussions  5. Participation  in  labour  suite  Simulator  Sessions  

 Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resident  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfactory  (=  at  a  level  of  indirect  supervision)    

1. Positive  result  (pass)  on  (at  least)  three  peripartum  pain  management  Mini-­‐CEX,  on  different  days,  by  different  as-­‐sessors  in  different  contexts  (with  at  least  one  epidural  mini-­‐CEX  and  one  non-­‐epidural  mini-­‐CEX  =  Mini  Clinical  Evaluation  Exercise)  

2. Positive  result  (pass)  on  (at  least)  two  case-­‐based  discus-­‐sions  on  peripartum  pain  management,  on  different  days,  by  different  assessors  in  different  contexts  

3. Positive  result  (pass)  on  OSATS  on  epidural  =  Objective  Structured  Assessment  of  Technical  Skills  

4. Positive  result  (pass)  on  the  evaluation  of  the  EPA  by  (at  least)  3  different  assessors  

   

       Title  EPA      

 EPA  3  -­‐  Preoperative  assessment    

Detailed  description    (including  limitation  of  the  EPA  to  specific  patient  groups  and/or  context)  

Preoperative  screening  and  designing  a  tailored  anesthetic  management  plan  at  the  preoperative  outpatient  clinic  and  on  the  hospital  ward  

Which  specific  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  are  nec-­‐essary  to  perform  the  EPA  at  an  adequate  level?      

1. Knowledge  of  surgical  procedures  2. Knowledge  of  comorbidities  3. Knowledge  of  appropriate  anesthetic  procedures  4. Taking  a  focused  history  and  performing  physical  examina-­‐

tion  5. Perioperative  risk  assessment  6. Ordering  and  interpreting  relevant  diagnostic  tests  7. Collaborating  with  specialists  in  other  medical  fields  8. Collaborating  with  colleagues  at  the  preoperative  outpatient  

clinic    9. Communicating  lifestyle  and  general  health  issues  10. Informing  and  consenting  the  patient  11. Demonstrates  discernment  of  own  limitations  12. Time  management  

 Which  CanMeds  competency  fields  are  mostly  addressed  in  this  EPA?    

Ø Medical  expert  Ø Communicator  Ø Collaborator  Ο Manager  Ο Scholar  

Page 73: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 73  

Ο Health  advocate  Ø Professional  

 How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  as-­‐sessed?    

1. Mini-­‐CEX1  preoperative  outpatient  clinic  2. Video  assessment  and  feedback  3. Multi-­‐source  feedback  4. Preoperative  case-­‐based  discussions  5. Participation  in  preoperative  Simulator  Sessions  

 Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resident  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfactory  (=  at  a  level  of  indirect  supervision)  

1. Completion  of  one-­‐month  rotation  at  the  preoperative  out-­‐patient  clinic  

2. Positive  result  (pass)  on  (at  least)  five  preoperative  assess-­‐ment  Mini-­‐CEX,  on  different  days,  by  different  assessors  in  different  patient  groups  

3. Positive  result  (pass)  on  (at  least)  two  case-­‐based  discus-­‐sions  on  preoperative  assessment,  on  different  days,  by  dif-­‐ferent  assessors  

4. Positive  result  (pass)  on  the  evaluation  of  the  EPA  by  (at  least)  3  different  assessors  

     

Page 74: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 74  

APPENDIX  III:      PROPOSED  EPAs  for  veterinary  education    Based  upon  a  Delphi  procedure  among  47  academic  and  non-­‐academic  veterinarians,  35  EPAs  were  identified  as  important  for  veterinarian  education.  Of  these  two  were  selected  for  empiri-­‐cal  investigation  in  the  WATCHME  project.  All  EPAs  aim  at  a  Level  4  supervision  (‘unsuper-­‐vised’)  at  graduation    Title   EPA  1  -­‐  History  taking,  general  impression  and  general  examination    

 Detailed  description  (including  limitation  of  the  EPA  to  specific  patient  groups  and/or  context)    

History  taking:  iatrotrophic  problem,  global  functioning  (individual  animal  and  herd),  living  conditions  (food,  housing)  and  history  (previ-­‐ous  treatment,  etc.)  General  impression  (individual  and  torque):  behaviour,  posture  and  pace,  nutrition  status  and  clinical  disorders  General  examination:  respiration  rate,  pulse  rate,  temperature,  skin,  hair  /  feathering,  claws  and  horns,  mucous  membranes  and  lymph  nodes    

-­‐ Poultry:  plumage,  state  of  oviposit  and  crop    -­‐ Cattle:  rumen  movements,  rumen  displacement,  udder  and  rec-­‐

tal  examination  (EPA  Rectal  examination),  -­‐ including  assessing  dropping    -­‐ Sheep  and  goat:  rumen  movements,  steel  band  and  udder    -­‐ Pig:  No  specific  extras    

Estimate  the  relevance  of  the  data,  rank  the  data  and  use  it  as  a  start  point  for  further  research    Problem  definition  and  ddx    Data  documentation  

Which  specific  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  are  neces-­‐sary  to  perform  the  EPA  at  an  adequate  level?    

1. History  taking    2. Give  a  general  impression  3. Do  the  general  examination  4. Come  to  a  problem  definition  and  ddx  5. Data  documentation  6. Collaboration  with  the  farmer    Kuiper  en  Van  Nieuwstad,  2008;    

-­‐ chapter  3,  Disease  history  -­‐ chapter  4,  General  impression    -­‐ chapter  5,  General  examination  

Which  veterinary  competency  fields  are  mostly  addressed  in  this  EPA?    

• Veterinary  expertise  • Communication  • Collaboration  • Entrepeneurship  • Health  and  Welfare  • Scholarship  • Personal  Development      

Page 75: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 75  

How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed?    

1. Mini-­‐CEX1  a. Veterinary  expertise    b. Communication  c. Collaboration  

2. Multi-­‐source  feedback  Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resi-­‐dent  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfactory?    

Block  1:  Focus  on  the  Animal      -­‐ At  least  3x  Mini-­‐CEX  in  the  clinic  (1x  ruminants;  1x  pigs;  1x  poultry.  

Each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  3  times).      -­‐ At  least  3x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  

evaluated  at  least  3  times).    Block  2:    -­‐ Minimum  2x  Mini-­‐CEX  Tolakker  lecturer  (each  competency  must  be  

evaluated  at  least  2  times).  -­‐ At  least  2x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  

evaluated  at  least  2  times)  Block  3:    -­‐ For  each  farm,  at  least  1x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  lecturer  and  1x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  

fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  evaluated  by  lecturer  and  fellow  students  at  least  1  times).  These  Mini-­‐CEXs  are  filled  in  dur-­‐ing  the  final  meeting  (this  requires  coordination  between  the  su-­‐pervisor  and  the  lecturer  who  evaluates  the  student  during  the  presentation).    

-­‐ At  least  1x  MSF  for  the  farm  analysis  (farmer,  veterinarian,  supervi-­‐sor  and  at  least  1x  fellow  student).    

Block  4:  UFAP  (University  Farm  Animals  Practice)  -­‐ At  least  1x  Min-­‐CEX  during  the  5-­‐week  ULP,  filled  in  over  several  

case  studies  during  the  period  (each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  1  time).  

-­‐ Skills  (see  EPASS).    -­‐ 1x  MSF  for  the  farm  analysis  (farmer,  veterinarian,  supervisor  and  

at  least  1x  fellow  student).  Block  6:  External  courses    -­‐ At  least  2X  Mini  CEX  by  a  lecturer  on  location  (supervising  veteri-­‐

narian.  Each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  2  times).    -­‐ Minimum  1x  MSF  (livestock  owners,  veterinarians,  assistants,  col-­‐

league).      Block  7:  Senior  clinical    clerkship  -­‐ At  least  1x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  

evaluated  at  least  1  time).    -­‐ At  least  1x  Mini  CEX  (supervisor,  at  least  2x  senior  clinical  place-­‐

ment  students  and  2x  basic  clinical  placement  student).    

     

Page 76: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 76  

Title   EPA  2  -­‐  Pain  relief    

Detailed  description  (including  limitation  of  the  EPA  to  specific  patient  groups  and/or  context)    

• Recognition  of  pain      • Knowledge  of  the  relevant  pathophysiology  and  pharmacology    • Determine  and  remove  the  cause  of  the  pain  and      • Treatment  and  aftercare    • Communicate  and  explain  the  benefits  of  analgesia  to  farmers    • Instruction  for  working  with  painkillers    • Prevention  of  pain  

Which  specific  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  are  neces-­‐sary  to  perform  the  EPA  at  an  adequate  level?  

Knowledge  of  the  pathofysiologie  of  pain  -­‐ Hellebrekers,  L.J.  (2001).  Pathophysiology  of  pain    

Murrell,  J.C.  &  Hellebrekers,  L.J.  (2006).  Post-­‐operative  care  and  pain  managment.  Chapter  12.  The  cuttong  edge;  basic  operation  skills  for  the  veterinary  surgeon  

Which  veterinary  competency  fields  are  mostly  addressed  in  this  EPA?    

• Veterinary  expertise  • Communication  • Collaboration  • Entrepeneurship  • Health  and  Welfare  • Scholarship  • Personal  Development    

How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed?    

1. Mini-­‐CEX1  a. Veterinary  expertise  b. Communication  c. Health  and  Welfare  Mini-­‐CEX  d. Scholarship    

2. Multi-­‐source  feedback  Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resi-­‐dent  to  fulfil  the  EPA  successfully  

Block  1:  Focus  on  the  Animal      -­‐ At  least  3x  Mini-­‐CEX  in  the  clinic  (1x  ruminants;  1x  pigs;  1x  poultry.  

Each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  3  times).      -­‐ At  least  3x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  

evaluated  at  least  3  times).    Block  4:  UFAP  (University  Farm  Animals  Practice)  -­‐ At  least  1x  Min-­‐CEX  during  the  5-­‐week  ULP,  filled  in  over  several  

case  studies  during  the  period  (each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  1  time).  

-­‐ Skills  (see  EPASS).    -­‐ 1x  MSF  for  the  farm  analysis  (farmer,  veterinarian,  supervisor  and  

at  least  1x  fellow  student).  Block  6:  External  courses    -­‐ At  least  2X  Mini  CEX  by  a  lecturer  on  location  (supervising  veteri-­‐

narian.  Each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  2  times).    -­‐ Minimum  1x  MSF  (livestock  owners,  veterinarians,  assistants,  col-­‐

league).      Block  7:  Senior  clinical  clerkship  -­‐ At  least  1x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  

evaluated  at  least  1  time).    

Page 77: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 77  

At  least  1x  Mini  CEX  (supervisor,  at  least  2x  senior  clinical  placement  students  and  2x  basic  clinical  placement  student).  

       

Title   EPA  3  -­‐  Dealing  with  a  respiration  problem    

Detailed  description  (including  limitation  of  the  EPA  to  specific  patient  groups  and/or  context)    

• History  taking,  general  impression  and  general  examination    • Recognition  of  the  respiration  problem  and  evaluating  the  prognosis    • Respiration  examination;  respiratory  movements,  noise  and  cough,  

nasal  cavities  and  thorax,  lung  percussion,  larynx  and  trachea    • Problem  definition  and  ddx    • Additional  research    • Diagnosis  and  treatment    • Knowledge  of  the  relevant  pathophysiology,  zoonosis,  notifiable  

diseases  and  pharmacology  (vaccinations  and  formulary)  Which  specific  knowledge,  skills  and  attitudes  are  neces-­‐sary  to  perform  the  EPA  at  an  adequate  level?  

Knowledge  of  the  respiration  system  and  respiration  examination  Kuiper  en  Van  Nieuwstad,  2008;  chapter  6  The  respiration  system  

Which  veterinary  competency  fields  are  mostly  addressed  in  this  EPA?    

Veterinary  expertise  Communication  Collaboration  Entrepeneurship  Health  and  Welfare  Scholarship  Personal  Development    

How  can  progression  of  the  resident  in  this  EPA  be  assessed?    

1. Mini-­‐CEX1  a. Veterinary  expertise  b. Communication    c. Collaboration  d. Health  and  Welfare    e. Scholarship    

2. Multi-­‐source  feedback  Which  criteria  must  be  met  by  the  resi-­‐dent  to  fulfil  the  EPA  satisfactorily?  

Block  1:  Focus  on  the  Animal  -­‐ At  least  3x  Mini-­‐CEX  in  the  clinic  (1x  ruminants;  1x  pigs;  1x  poul-­‐

try.  Each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  3  times).      -­‐ At  least  3x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  

evaluated  at  least  3  times).    Block  4:  UFAP  (University  Farm  Animals  Practice)  

-­‐ At  least  1x  Min-­‐CEX  during  the  5-­‐week  ULP,  filled  in  over  several  case  studies  during  the  period  (each  competency  must  be  evalu-­‐ated  at  least  1  time).  

-­‐ Skills  (see  EPASS).    -­‐ 1x  MSF  for  the  farm  analysis  (farmer,  veterinarian,  supervisor  

and  at  least  1x  fellow  student).  

Page 78: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 78  

Block  6:  External  courses    -­‐ At  least  2X  Mini  CEX  by  a  lecturer  on  location  (supervising  veter-­‐

inarian.  Each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  2  times).    -­‐ Minimum  1x  MSF  (livestock  owners,  veterinarians,  assistants,  

colleague).      Block  7:  Senior  clinical    clerkship  

-­‐ At  least  1x  Mini-­‐CEX  by  fellow  student  (each  competency  must  be  evaluated  at  least  1  time).    

At  least  1x  Mini  CEX  (supervisor,  at  least  2x  senior  clinical  placement  students  and  2x  basic  clinical  placement  student)  

     

Page 79: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 79  

APPENDIX 2: TOOL FOR MATRIX MAPPING FOCUSED ON TEACHER TRAINING Title:     New  perspectives  on  formative  evaluation  of  student  teachers’  teaching  

competence  

Authors:   Edgar  Krull  [1]  ,  Äli  Leijen  [1],  Bert  Slof  [2],  Marieke  van  der  Schaaf  [2]  

[1]  University  of  Tartu,  Estonia  

[2]  Utrecht  University,  the  Netherlands  

 

Abstract  The  aim  of  this  study  is  to  analyze  possibilities  for  the  performance-­‐based  formative  evaluation  of  student  teachers’  teaching  skills  in  their  field.  The  targeted  analysis  is  a  part  of  the  interna-­‐tional  project  “Workplace-­‐based  e-­‐Assessment  Technology  for  Competency-­‐based  Higher  Multi-­‐professional  Education”  WATCHME.  As  there  is  no  overall  consensus  in  what  is  meant  by  quality  or  effective  teaching  the  presented  analysis  starts  with  a  brief  survey  of  approaches  to  define  characteristics  of  effective  teaching.  It  comes  to  a  conclusion  that  national  standards  and  compe-­‐tence  requirements  represent  the  lowest  level  of  specification  in  which  consensus  of  all  stake-­‐holders  can  be  achieved.  Three  widely  known  teacher  standards  frameworks  are  introduced  as  coordinating  ideas  for  defining  specific  indicators  of  teaching  competencies.  The  following  anal-­‐ysis  of  available  specifications  of  teaching  competencies  like  those  of  the  Model  Core  Teaching  Standards  and  Learning  Progressions  for  Teachers  introduced  above  (Council  of  Chief  State  School  Officers  ,  2013)  reveals  that  using  them  imposes  a  need  for  documenting  too  many  atom-­‐ic  indicator  behaviors  of  student  teachers  in  quantified  format.  Therefore,  focusing  on  essential  teaching  competencies  based  on  a  rather  holistic  approach  is  suggested  by  applying  the  emerg-­‐ing  concept  of  core  practices.  Also,  using  portfolios  for  documenting  data  on  teaching  skills  is  taken  into  consideration.  Finally,  the  performance-­‐based  approach  in  the  format  of  several  spec-­‐ifying  matrixes  (up  to  description  of  performance  levels  of  the    indicator  behaviors)  for  as-­‐sessing  student  teachers  teaching  skills  that  was  developed  on  the  basis  of  SBL  competence  re-­‐quirements  for  Dutch  teachers  is  described  and  issues  of  adapting  to  Estonian  context  are  dis-­‐cussed.                      Keywords:  teacher  education,  teaching  practice,  teaching  competences,  professional  develop-­‐ment,  competency-­‐based  instruction,  performance  indicators,  core  practices      1.  Introduction     The  aim  of  this  literature  review-­‐based  study  is  to  prepare  the  ground  for  optimizing  student  teachers’  professional  learning  in  school  practice  by  providing  them  with  adaptive  formative  evaluation  of  their  progress.  Studying  possibilities  for  advancing  performance-­‐based  assessment  of  student  teachers  teaching  skills  is  part  of  the    “Workplace-­‐based  e-­‐Assessment  

Page 80: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 80  

Technology  for  Competency-­‐based  Higher  Multi-­‐professional  Education”  WATCHME  project.  This  international  project  aims  at  improving  workplace-­‐based  feedback  and  assessment  and  professional  development  by  means  of  learning  analytics.           Learning  analytics  (LA)  is  a  computer-­‐based  approach  for  documenting  assessment  of  learning  results,  for  providing  specified  feedback  on  the  achievement  of  expected  objectives  and  for  providing  suggestions  for  corrective  and  further  learning  activities  (e.g.  Clow,  2013;  Dringus,  2012;  Ferguson,  2012;  Greller  and  Drachsler,  2012).       This  paper  provides  an  overview  of  what  student  teachers  should  know  and  be  able  to  do  to  be  qualified  as  ‘good  teachers’.  Validity  and  reliability  issues  and  suggestions  for  advancing  the  assessment  of  student  teachers  teaching  skills  in  Estonia  and  the  Netherlands  (part  of  the  WatchMe  project)  are  discussed.            2.  Competence  requirements  for  the  beginning  and  experienced  teachers      Our  study  on  approaches  to  defining  good  or  quality  teaching1  and  its  assessment  is  based  on  learning  relevant  research  reviews  and  studies  on  these  topics.    Academic  Search  Complete,  E-­‐journals,  ERIC,  PsycARTICLES,  PsycINFO,  and  Teacher  Reference  Center  as  databases  were  re-­‐peatedly  searched  for  locating  publications  on  research  in  the  field  for  the  last  20  years.  The  main  keywords,  used  for  searching  in  combination  with  restricting  term  “teacher  education”,  were  teaching  competences,  competence  requirements,  professional  standards,  teaching  stand-­‐ards  performance-­‐based  assessment,  professional  development,  competency-­‐based  instruction,  teaching  practice,  performance  indicators  meta-­‐analysis,  core  practices,  learning  analytics.  Also,  the  contents  of  academic  journals  like  Teaching  and  Teacher  Education,  Journal  of  Teacher  Edu-­‐cation,  European  Journal  of  Education,  Educational  Leadership  were  learned  for  finding  works  not  covered  by  used  keywords.      2.1.  Theoretical  underpinnings  of  defining  characteristics  of  effective  teaching  The  attempts  of  defining  knowledge  and  skills  necessary  for  teaching  profession  date  almost  hundred  years  ago  when  researchers  started  to  compile  lists  of  teaching  skills  on  the  basis  of  teacher  inquiries  what  makes  up  a  good  teaching.  This  resulted  in  producing  of  long  and  varying  lists  of  attributes  of  good  teaching  that  had  of  little  use  for  practice  of  teacher  education  (Good,  1996).  Since  the  1960s  more  specific  models  for  describing  teacher  education  approaches  or  defining  attributes  of  good  teaching  appeared.  For  example,  recently  Cochran-­‐Smith  (2014)  in  her  keynote  speech  at  the  EERA  conference  in  Porto  listed  four  consecutively  appearing  re-­‐search  questions  for  teacher  education  aimed  at  discovering  the  secrets  of  good  teaching:  (1950–1960)  what  are  attributes  of  good  teachers;  (1960–1980)  what  teaching  processes  lead  to  effective  teaching;  (1980–1990)  what  should  teachers  know,  be  able  to  do;  and  (since  2001)  the  nature  (teachers  are  born)  versus  nurture  (teachers  are  educated)  issues  reappeared.  Corre-­‐spondingly,  in  the  first  case  the  main  research  question  is  How  can  inborn  teachers  be  recruited?;  in  the  last  case  How  can  teacher  candidates  learn  to  teach?                                                                                                                    1  Also, terms like teaching competence or competency, professional competence, basic teach-ing competence, teaching skills, teaching knowledge, effective teaching are used over the paper as approximate synonyms.

Page 81: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 81  

  Another  list  of  research  traditions  for  discovering  effective  teaching  (with  approximate  domination  periods)  is  provided  by  Good:  (1960s)  focus  on  teacher  personality;  (mid-­‐1960s–1970)  search  for  teacher-­‐proof  curriculum;  investigation  of  teaching  in  naturalistic  settings  (1968–1990s);  relating  teacher  behavior  to  student  learning  (1960–1990s);  examination  how  teachers  utilized  the  classroom  time  (1960s–1990s);  centering  on  teacher  cognition  (1970s–1990s);  focusing  on  student  mediation  of  teaching  (1980s–1990s);  and  (1990s)  studies  on  teaching  for  understanding  (Good,  1996).     The  presented  lists  of  research  questions  for  teacher  education  as  well  as  those  of  teach-­‐er  effectiveness  research  traditions  illuminate  the  complexity  of  teaching  as  of  a  professional  activity  and  point  to  the  fact  that  construction  of  all-­‐comprehensive  models  of  good  or  effective  teaching  is  a  very  controversial  and  challenging  task.  With  some  concession  it  can  be  argued  that  a  common  trend  for  the  research  of  teacher  education  as  well  as  for  teacher  effectiveness  re-­‐search  is  moving  away  from  attempts  of  discovering  specific  and  simplistic  indicators  of  good  teaching  (like  specific  teacher  behavior  or  classroom  time  utilization)  to  indicators  embracing  teacher  professionalism  in  all  its  aspects  (like  teacher  learning  as  personal  professional  growth  or  teaching  for  understanding).  As  Good  points  out  in  his  survey  of  research  traditions  of  effec-­‐tive  teaching,  each  research  tradition  has  yielded  relevant  ideas  for  evaluating  teaching  and  he  suggests  to  rely  on  a  paradigm  of  inclusion  rather  than  of  exclusion  (Good,  1996),  meaning  that  advantage  should  be  taken  of  all  positive  sides  of  former  research.     This  variability  in  conceiving  teacher  education  as  well  as  in  teacher  effectiveness  re-­‐search  traditions  illuminate  the  complexity  of  teaching  as  of  a  professional  activity  and  point  to  the  fact  that  construction  of  all-­‐comprehensive  models  of  good  or  effective  teaching  is  a  very  controversial  and  challenging  task.  With  some  concession  it  can  be  argued  that  a  common  trend  for  the  research  of  teacher  education  as  well  as  for  teacher  effectiveness  research  is  moving  away  from  attempts  of  discovering  specific  and  simplistic  indicators  of  good  teaching,  like  it  was  practiced  in  competency  based  teacher  education  (e.g.  Andrews  &  Barnes,  1990;  Bowles,  1973)  to  indicators  embracing  teacher  professionalism  in  all  its  aspects  like  teacher  learning  as  per-­‐sonal  professional  growth  or  teaching  for  understanding  (Good,  1996).  The  issue  of  creating  models  of  good  teaching  leads  to  questions  of  more  general  character:  to  what  extent  is  good  teaching  identifiable,  does  it  have  a  permanent  character  in  the  sense  that  it  manifests  itself  when  working  with  different  students  and  in  different  contexts  of  teaching,  meaning  that  there  exist  certain  general  professional  skills  of  teaching  or  are  these  skills  rather  context  dependent?  The  first  position  (that  there  exists  a  universal  competence  of  teaching)  was,  for  example,  sup-­‐ported  by  Medley  (1985)  and  Stodolsky  (1985).  Instead,  Shulman  (1992)  pointed  out  that  teach-­‐ing  quality  depends  on  the  subject  to  be  taught  as  well  as  on  the  situation  in  which  the  teaching  takes  place.  Yet,  even  Medley  (1982)  found  that  correlations  between  qualities  of  teaching  activi-­‐ties  of  a  teacher  in  different  contexts  are  less  than  0.3.  Consequently,  it  is  rather  difficult  to  con-­‐struct  a  model  of  teaching  activities  with  indicators  that  would  enable  comparing  teachers  and  even  assessing  teaching  effectiveness  of  one  teacher  in  different  school  conditions.     This  task  becomes  even  more  complicated  if  we  take  into  consideration  that  different  stakeholders  in  educational  systems  and  even  teacher  educators  might  have  differing  expecta-­‐tions  for  teacher  professional  competences.  For  example,  several  scholars  (Joyce,  1975;  Doyle,  1990;  Zeichner,  1983)  have  proposed  five  major  profiles  of  ideal  teachers:  good  employee,  jun-­‐

Page 82: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 82  

ior  professor,  fully  functioning  professor,  innovator,  and  reflective  practitioner.  Furthermore,  teaching  at  different  school  levels  and  of  different  subjects  might  impose  variations  in  needed  teaching  competences  and  correspondingly  lead  to  a  need  of  specifying  competence  require-­‐ments  for  teacher  certification.          2.2.  National  standards  and  competence  requirements  for  teachers  Despite  of  these  theoretical  concerns  warning  against  using  simplistic  or  biased  models  of  teach-­‐ing  competences  and  consequently  competence  requirements,  there  have  been  standards  along  with  indicators  in  use  for  assessing  teaching  competences  of  beginning  and  even  experienced  teachers  in  many  countries.  As  stated  by  Arends,  ”  …effective  teaching  is  dependent  upon  a  knowledge  base  and  clear  definitions  of  what  constitutes  effective  teaching”  (2006,  p.  17).  Most-­‐ly,  the  standards  and  competencies  describing  “effective  teaching”  have  been  defined  in  general  terms  that  leave  a  lot  of  flexibility  for  taking  into  account  specific  contextual  features.      A  need  for  “…formulation  of  clear  professional  standards  and  also  criteria  to  assess  them”  is  also  emphasized  by  Zgaga  as  a  conclusion  made  on  the  basis  of  a  recent  survey  of  teacher  education  in  12  European  countries  (2011,  p.  31).         However,  despite  of  these  critical  notes  regarding  quality,  the  most  frequent  practice  of  defining  good  teaching  in  many  countries  is  introduction  of  teacher  competence  requirements  or  standards  (e.g.,  Bourgonje  and  Tromp,  2011;  Roth,  1996).  Three  of  them  are  introduced  in  the  following  sections  and  validity  and  reliability  issues  regarding  the  assessment  student  teachers  competence  requirements  will  be  discussed.    2.2.1.  Dutch  teacher  competence  requirements      In  Europe  an  elaborated  system  of  teacher  competence  requirements  has  been  developed  in  the  Netherlands.  Public  discussions  over  its  suitability  lasted  almost  for  six  years  until  it  was  ap-­‐proved  by  the  Dutch  Parliament  in  2006  (Bourgonje  &  Tromp,  2011).  The  Dutch  teacher  compe-­‐tence  requirements  are  defined  two-­‐dimensionally  as  combinations  of  teacher  roles  and  situa-­‐tions  in  which  they  implement  their  roles.  The  competence  requirements  introduce  four  roles  (interpersonal,  pedagogical,  organizational,  and  organizational  roles)  and  four  types  of  contexts  (with  students,  colleague,  working  environment,  and  him/herself).  The  sets  of  teacher  roles  and  types  of  situations  form  a  4  by  4  matrix.  According  to  SBL  (the  Association  for  the  Professional  Quality  of  Teachers),  seven  partial  competences  are  enough  to  cover  all  essential  aspects  of  a  teacher  competence  (Bourgonje  &  Tromp,  2011).  These  seven  competences  are  defined  as  fol-­‐lows:    

˗ Interpersonal  competence  in  creating  a  pleasant,  safe  and  effective  classroom  environment;  

˗ Pedagogical  competence  to  support  children’s  personal  development  by  helping  them  to  become  independent  and  responsible;  

˗ Subject  knowledge  and  methodological  competence  that  demonstrates  substantial  knowledge  of  their  subject  and  appropriate  teaching  methods  (including  pedagogical  content  knowledge);  

˗ Organizational  competence  in  organizing  curricula  that  support  

Page 83: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 83  

student  learning;  ˗ Competence  to  collaborate  with  colleagues  and  thus  contribute  to  a  

well-­‐functioning  school  organization;  ˗ Competence  to  collaborate  with  those  in  the  school  environment  who  

also  play  a  role  in  students’  well-­‐being  and  development  (i.e.  students’  parents  or  guardians,  colleagues  at  educational  and  youth  welfare  institutions);  

˗ Competence  to  reflect  and  to  develop  as  professionals  over  the  long  term  (Snoek,  2011)    

The  seven  competences  are  specified  by  introducing  competence  requirements  and  indicators  (Bourgonje  &  Tromp,  2011).  The  Dutch  model  has  been  tried  out  with  teachers  in  primary,  sec-­‐ondary  and  vocational  education  (SBL,  2004).  However,  as  the  described  requirements  have  not  been  tested  with  scientific  rigor  and  corrected  for  their  validity  and  reliability,  it  is  not  surpris-­‐ing  that  the  issue  of  subjectivity  of  evaluation  raises,  i.e.  different  evaluators  assess  differently.  Therefore,  these  teacher  competence  requirements  can  serve  rather  as  coordinating  guidelines  or  ideas  for  teacher  education  programs  but  not  directly  as  a  tool  for  assessing  teaching.            2.2.2.  NBPTS  standards        Probably  the  most  thoroughly  investigated  conception  of  teacher  standards  and  related  proce-­‐dures  for  teacher  certification  of  highly  accomplished  teachers  belong  to  the  National  Board  for  Professional  Teacher  Standards  (NBPTS)  in  the  United  States  of  America.  All  specific  standards  and  procedures  of  NBPTS  are  based  on  five  core  propositions  about  good  teaching.  Effective  teachers  …    

- are  committed  to  students  and  their  learning;  - know  the  subjects  they  teach  and  how  to  teach  those  subjects  to  students;  - are  responsible  for  managing  and  monitoring  student  learning;  - think  systematically  about  their  practice  and  learn  from  experience;  - are  members  of  learning  communities  (NBPTS,  1987).  

    NBPTS  certification  is  performance-­‐based.  Candidates,  applying  for  certification  present  portfolios  containing  four  videos  of  teaching  performance  in  different  contexts  along  with  de-­‐tailed  explanations  of  observable  teaching  activities.  However,  for  understanding  the  instru-­‐ments  providing  validity  and  reliability  of  NBPTS  certification  procedures,  it  has  to  be  taken  into  account  that  the  competence  requirements  of  these  standards  are  specified  by  school  levels  and  subjects  taught  (25  certification  areas;  see  NBPTS,  2014)  and  provided  with  detailed  assessment  guidelines  for  experts.       A  comprehensive  study  by  Bond  and  his  colleagues  (2000)  aimed  at  the  investigation  of  construct  validity  of  the  NBPTS  teacher  certification  procedures  by  comparing  the  instructional  practices  and  outcomes  of  teachers  who  have  been  certified  by  the  agency  with  those  of  teachers  who  have  applied  for  certification  but  were  not  certified,  yielded  a  detailed  list  of  teacher  attrib-­‐

Page 84: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 84  

utes  in  which  certified  teachers  typically  outperformed  not  certified  teachers.  The  list  of  expert  teachers’  attributes  was  developed  on  the  basis  of  meta-­‐analysis  of  big  number  of  studies  and  its  validity  was  confirmed  by  relatively  high  inter-­‐rater  agreement  on  the  relevance  of  the  listed  attributes  and  by  demonstrating  superiority  of  certified  teachers  in  comparison  with  uncertified  teachers  in  the  case  of  11  attributes  from  13  (Bond,  et  al.,  2000).  These  11  attributes  were:  use  of  knowledge,  having  deep  representations,  problem  solving,  improvisation,  challenge  of  objec-­‐tives,  creating  classroom  climate,  multidimensional  perception,  monitoring  learning  and  provid-­‐ing  feedback,  respect  for  students,  passion  for  teaching  and  learning,  motivation  and  self-­‐efficacy  (Bond,  et  al.,  2000,  p.  104).     Another  study  aimed  at  validating  the  NBPTS  certification  standards  was  carried  out  by  Vandevoort  and  his  colleagues  (Vandevoort,  et  al.,  2004).  The  study  revealed  that  students  with  higher  learning  achievement  were  taught  by  certified  teachers.  In  this  study  academic  perfor-­‐mance  of  students  in  the  elementary  classrooms  of  35  certified  teachers  and  their  non-­‐certified  peers,  in  14  Arizona  school  districts  were  compared.  Four  years  of  results  from  the  Stanford  Achievement  Tests  in  reading,  mathematics  and  language  arts,  in  grades  three  through  six,  were  analyzed.  In  the  48  comparisons  (four  grades,  four  years  of  data,  three  measures  of  academic  performance),  using  gain  scores  adjusted  for  students’  entering  ability,  the  students  in  the  clas-­‐ses  of  National  Board  Certified  Teachers  surpassed  students  in  the  classrooms  of  non-­‐Board  certified  teachers  in  almost  three  quarters  of  the  comparisons  (Vandevoort,  et  al.,  2004).            2.2.3.  INTASC  standards      Alongside  of  investigating  the  validity  of  competence  requirements  for  practicing  teachers  there  have  been  a  few  attempts  to  put  under  scrutiny  competence  requirements  for  the  beginning  teachers.    It  is  obviously  wrong  to  consider  competence  requirements  for  experienced  teachers  and  for  student  teachers  to  be  achieved  in  their  teaching  practice  as  the  same  things.  In  the  case  of  student  teacher  school  practice  the  main  focus  should  be  on  formative  evaluation  of  the  be-­‐ginning  teachers’  progress  in  learning  to  teach  rather  than  on  the  final  professional  competences  to  be  achieved  (Andrews  &  Barnes,  1990).  Therefore  the  performance-­‐based  objectives  to  be  achieved  at  teaching  practice  cannot  be  directly  derived  from  standards  for  expert  teaching.  Nevertheless  the  awareness  of  the  main  competences  of  the  expert  teachers  might  be  helpful  for  coordinating  and  guiding  learning  to  teach  in  the  school  practice  conditions  as  well.  From  this  point  of  view,  the  work  done  by  the  New  Teacher  Assessment  and  Support  Consortium  (INTASC),  USA  is  of  interest.       The  model  of  core  standards  (10  INTASC  principles)  for  beginning  teachers  grew  out  of  the  five  propositions  about  effective  teaching  adopted  by  the  NBPTS  (Arends,  2006).  Recently  a  revision  of  these  standards  was  launched  for  updating.  The  beta  draft  version  of  these  standards  publicly  available  is  aimed  at  beginning  as  well  as  practicing  teachers  (Council  of  Chief  State  School  Officers,  2013).  All  ten  standards  define  expected  teaching  competences  in  terms  of  per-­‐formances,  essential  knowledge,  critical  dispositions,  and  of  descriptions  for  progression.    How-­‐ever,  the  most  interesting  feature  of  the  introduced  draft  standards  is  descriptions  of  progres-­‐sion  for  the  listed  standards  that  outline  three  levels  of  professionalism  in  teaching.  The  main  categories  of  these  standards  are  …    

- learner  development;  

Page 85: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 85  

- learning  differences;  - learning  environments;  - content  knowledge;  - application  of  content;  - assessment;  - planning  for  instruction;  - instructional  strategies;  - professional  learning  and  ethical  practice,  and  - leadership  and  collaboration  (Council  of  Chief  State  School  Officers,  2013,  pp.  16–47).  

 2.3.  Difficulties  in  defining  (inter-­)  national  standards  for  effective  teaching  Whereas  in  European  countries  little  empirical  evidence  has  been  reported  on  effects  of  the  use  of  teaching  standards,  in  the  USA  rigorous  evaluations  of  certification  systems  based  on  those  standards  emerge.  However,  the  results  of  those  studies  are  not  sufficient  to  draw  firm  conclu-­‐sions  about  their  effectiveness  (Cantrell,  Fullerton,  Kane,  &  Staiger,  2008;  Hakel,  Koenig,  &  El-­‐liott,  2008;  Ingvarson,  2009).     What  is  considered  as  good  teaching  in  one  country  is  not  necessarily  good  teaching  in  another  country.  Furthermore,  expectations  for  teachers’  roles  might  be  different  even  in  one  country.  This  might  explain  why  there  is  not  much  international  validation  studies  of  teacher  competence  requirements  or  teaching  standards  specified  up  to  measurable  teaching  perfor-­‐mances.       The  diversity  in  emphasizing  relevant  aspects  of  good  teaching  in  the  introduced  stand-­‐ards  and  scarcity  of  reliable  research  on  teacher  competence  requirements  or  certification  pro-­‐cedures  based  on  these  requirements  or  standards  points,  as  already  mentioned  above,  to  the  complexity  of  teaching  as  of  a  professional  activity  and  to  the  difficulties  of  modelling  a  good  teaching  in  a  reliable  way.  For  example,  if  the  quality  of  learning  foreign  languages  and  progress  in  it  at  basic  level  can  be  quite  reliably  and  satisfactory  described  as  a  gradual  acquisition  of  vo-­‐cabulary  and  phrases  then  the  quality  teaching  cannot  be  reduced  to  single  performances  with-­‐out  assessing  the  quality  that  these  performances  produce  integrally.    The  alternation  in  ap-­‐proaches  to  defining  attributes  of  good  teaching  as  exemplified  by  periodization  of  the  related  research  by  Cochran-­‐Smith  (2014)  and  Good  (1996)  only  confirm  that  all-­‐comprehensive  cap-­‐turing  what  is  a  quality  teaching  is  a  very  challenging  task.    

Due  to  the  lack  of  valid  and  reliable  models  of  good  teaching  with  clearly  identified  vari-­‐ables  allowing  rigorous  discrimination  between  poor  and  good  teaching  it  is  clear  that  prospects  for  optimizing  student  teachers’  study  paths  is  limited  as  descriptions  of  expected  teaching  com-­‐petence  integrally  as  well  as  identification  of  partial  competences  underlying  this  competence  tend  to  be  subjected  to  different  interpretations  and  are  context  dependent.  Furthermore,  con-­‐sidering  that  educator’s  models  and  representations  of  good  teaching  and  its  component  skills  are  never  ideally  correct  and  unchangeable,  the  adequate  assessment  of  teaching  should  always  involve  an  interpretative  component    (Tigelaar  &  Van  Tartwijk,  2010;  Van  der  Schaaf,  Stokking  &  Verloop,  2008b).    

Teacher  educators  have  always  tried  to  imagine  and  describe  what  they  mean  by  good  teaching  and  which  teaching  skills  have  to  be  developed  for  learning  to  teach.  Typically  this  has  

Page 86: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 86  

been  taken  lead  of  following  national  competence  requirements  or  teacher  standards  as  of  a  coordinating  framework  for  specifying  tasks  or  activities  to  perform  for  student  teachers  in  their  field-­‐practice  expectedly  leading  to  anticipated  teaching  competences.  However,  this  does  not  mean  that  necessary  performance  indicators  are  directly  derivable  from  standards.      3.  Assessing  student  teachers’  professional  competence:  A  new  perspective    Irrespective  of  theoretical  problems  with  ensuring  rigorous  validity  in  modelling  of  good  teach-­‐ing  and  identifying  component  teaching  skills,  the  teacher  educators  have  always  tried  to  imag-­‐ine  and  describe  what  they  mean  by  a  good  teaching  and  which  teaching  skills  have  to  be  devel-­‐oped  for  learning  to  teach.  Depending  on  traditions  of  teacher  education  these  teaching  activities  and  component  skills  to  be  mastered  and  criteria  of  assessment  to  be  used  would  be  more  or  less  specific.  As  a  rule,  these  specifications  are  validated  on  the  basis  of  negotiations  and  agree-­‐ments  among  teacher  educators  involved  (e.g.  Van  der  Schaaf  &  Stokking,  2011).      3.1.  Introducing  performance-­based  indicators  for  the  basic  teacher  competences    A  good  example  of  specifying  teaching  competences  that  are  defined  at  general  level  into  specific  indicator  activities  is  CCSSO  (Council  of  Chief  State  School  Offices)  Model  Core  Teaching  Stand-­ards  and  Learning  Progressions  for  Teachers  introduced  above  (Council  of  Chief  State  School  Of-­‐ficers  ,  2013).    Its  ten  standards  of  teaching  competences  are  specified  by  listing  expected  per-­formances  in  teaching,  essential  knowledge,  and  critical  dispositions  –  all  defined  in  terms  of  be-­‐haviors  characterizing  the  achievement  of  these  sub-­‐competences.  For  example,  the  Standard  #  6:  Assessment  is  specified  by  9  statements  for  performances  in  assessment,  7  for  essential  knowledge,  and  6  for  critical  dispositions  (Council  of  Chief  State  School  Officers,  2013).  The  first  statements  for  these  three  domains  are:  (1)  the  teacher  balances  the  use  of  formative  and  sum-­‐mative  assessment  as  appropriate  to  support,  verify,  and  document  learning;  (2)  the  teacher  understands  the  differences  between  formative  and  summative  applications  of  assessment  and  knows  how  and  when  to  use  each;  and  (3)  the  teacher  is  committed  to  engaging  learners  actively  in  assessment  processes  and  to  developing  each  learner’s  capacity  to  review  and  communicate  about  their  own  progress  and  learning.       However,  the  most  valuable  feature  from  the  point  of  view  of  assessing  student  teachers’  progress  in  acquiring  teacher  competences  is  definitions  of  progression  indicators  for  standards.  For  example,  the  standard  #  6  is  provided  with  three  aspects  or  dimensions  of  progress  in  the  assessment  competences:  (1)  the  teacher  uses,  designs  or  adapts  multiple  methods  of  assess-­‐ment  to  document,  monitor,  and  support  learner  progress  appropriate  for  learning  goals  and  objectives;  (2)  the  teacher  uses  assessment  to  engage  learners  in  their  own  growth;  and  (3)  the  teacher  implements  assessments  in  an  ethical  manner  and  minimizes  bias  to  enable  learners  to  display  the  full  extent  of  their  learning.       In  its  turn,  every  aspect  of  progress  for  standards  is  described  on  three,  gradually  refin-­‐ing  levels  of  proficiency.  For  the  dimension  two  (the  teacher  uses  assessment  to  engage  learners  in  their  own  growth)  the  nature  of  these  levels  can  be  apprehended  from  the  first  sentences  of  the  corresponding  descriptions:  (1)  the  teacher  engages  each  learner  in  examining  samples  of  quality  work  …  (2)  and  the  teacher  engages  learners  in  generating  criteria  for  quality  work  …  (3)  

Page 87: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 87  

and  the  teacher  engages  learners  in  giving  peers  feedback  on  performance  using  criteria  gener-­‐ated  collaboratively.  Totally,  the  whole  model  offers  descriptions  of  19  progress  dimensions  with  54  indicator  performances  suitable  for  documenting  in  quantified  format  the  beginning  teachers’  progression  in  acquiring  required  teaching  competences.  However,  observing  simulta-­‐neously  such  large  numbers  of  teacher  attributes  and  teaching  skills  without  losing  an  integral  sight  of  a  student  teacher  progression  in  acquiring  teaching  competence  is  rather  complicated.       One  solution  to  this  problem  would  be  the  emerging  concept  of  core  practices  (Gross-­‐man,  et  al.,  2009).    This  approach  is  different  from  prior  attempts  to  orient  teacher  education  around  practice.  In  her  comparison  of  this  innovative  concept  with  former  practice-­‐centered  teacher  education  Forzani  points  out  that  “…  it  is  playing  out  in  both  the  decisions  teacher  edu-­‐cators  are  making  about  what  novices  should  learn  –  and  in  particular  in  how  they  decompose  practice  into  learnable  parts—and  in  the  pedagogical  approaches  used  in  professional  training”  (2014,  p.  360).  She  explains  that  unlike  former  practice-­‐based  teacher  education  where  re-­‐searchers  tried  to  decompose  teaching  into  specific  performances  …  core  or  high-­‐leverage  prac-­‐tices  …have  used  carefully  developed  criteria  to  identify  a  smaller  number  of  items,  recognizing  that  the  short  duration  of  teacher  education  must  be  used  strategically”  (Forzani,  2014,  p.  363).  It  means  that  teaching  tasks  for  teaching  practice  should  be  carefully  selected  in  a  way  that  im-­‐plementation  of  these  tasks  supports  the  best  way  linking  theory  with  practice  and  competence  in  teaching.           It  should  be  noticed  that  the  core  practices  approach  differs  radically  from  competency-­‐based  teacher  education  (CBTE)  that  was  based  on  the  Stanford  taxonomy  of  teaching  tasks  that  contained  hundreds  of  teaching  tasks  organized  into  19  categories  (Baral,  Snow,  &  Allen,  1968;  Bush,  1968).  The  mentioned  approach  was  based  on  a  belief  that  learning  to  teach  consisted  in  mastering  specific  teaching  activities  by  training  them  not  leaving  much  place  for  reflection  or  experimentation  in  Dewey’s  sense  (Dewey,  1965/1904).         The  concept  of  core  practices  as  applied  to  teacher  education  has  a  high  potential  for  increasing  the  coherence  between  general  competency  requirements  to  teaching  profession  and  selection  of  practice-­‐based  teaching  tasks  that  implementation  is  expected  to  lead  to  meeting  these  requirements.  Therefore,  paying  more  attention  to  applying  ideas  of  core  practices  in  addi-­‐tion  to  taking  lead  of  national  competence  requirements  for  defining  and  selecting  teaching  tasks  for  student  teachers’  school  practice  is  very  justified.  This  would  increase  the  effectiveness  of  students’  learning  to  teach  and  also  the  validity  of  performance-­‐based  assessment  of  relevant  teaching  competences  by  introducing  more  authentic  performance  indicators  representing  teaching  in  its  integrity.            3.2.  Portfolios  as  tools  for  assessing  teaching  competence     Besides  defining  performance-­‐based  criteria  for  the  assessment  of  student  teachers’  pro-­‐gress  in  learning  to  teach,  the  identification  of  sources  allowing  to  collect  necessary  evidences  or  data  for  the  assessment  procedures  is  not  an  easier  task,  either.  Typically  different  documents  providing  information  on  teaching  competences  are  drawn  together  into  student  teacher  portfo-­‐lios.  For  example,  Van  der  Schaaf,  Stokking  &  Verloop  (2008b)  examined  the  validity  and  relia-­‐bility  of  portfolios  as  a  tool  for  assessing  teaching  skills.  The  WATCHME  assessment  matrix  for  applying  LA  methodology  foresees  collecting  evidence  materials  in  an  electronic  portfolio  called  

Page 88: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 88  

EPASS  (2014).  These  evidence  materials  involve  lesson  plans,  filled  in  student  placement  evalua-­‐tion  forms  by  the  student  teacher,  lesson  observation  forms  from  supervisors,  lesson  observa-­‐tion  forms  from  other  student  teachers,  samples  of  used  and  developed  tests,  QTI  (Questionnaire  on  Teacher  Interaction)  information  from  two  students,  and  reflection  reports.       Though  many  researchers  point  out  that  portfolios  have  been  introduced  as  tools  to  col-­‐lect  evidence  about  the  development  on  various  competencies,  the  implementation  of  portfolios  has  met  with  mixed  success,  particularly  if  they  were  not  tailored  to  show  what  really  happened  in  the  workplace  (Driessen,  Van  Tartwijk,  Van  der  Vleuten,  &  Wass,  2007;  Van  der  Schaaf,    Stokking,  &  Verloop,  2008a).  Arends  observes:  “To  be  valid,  the  work  included  in  the  portfolio  must  cover  the  range  of  standards  and  the  scoring  must  be  reliable”  (2006,  p.  105)  and  he  pro-­‐vides  two  examples  of  how  the  University  of  Nôtre  Dame  and  Connecticut  have  developed  pro-­‐cedures  to  make  portfolio  a  valid  and  reliable  summative  assessment  of  teacher  candidates  and  beginning  teachers’  performance.  A  main  problem  with  using  portfolios  as  tools  for  assessing  teaching  competences  is  that  their  composing  is  time  consuming  and  quality  of  reflection  teach-­‐ing  activities  is  often  unsatisfactory  (Tigelaar  &  Van  Tartwijk,  2010).       Another  example  of  using  teacher  portfolios  is  The  Performance  Assessment  for  Califor-­‐nia  Teachers  (PACT)  system  that  uses  multiple  measures  approach  based  on  two  types  of  portfo-­‐lio-­‐based  assessment  strategies  (Pecheone  &  Chung,  2006).  The  assessment  procedures  are  de-­‐fined  by  the  California  Teacher  Performance  Expectations  (Commission  on  Teacher  Credential-­‐ing,  2013).    The  formative  assessment  of  prospective  teachers  is  implemented  through  embed-­‐ded  signature  assessments  that  occur  throughout  teacher  education  program.  A  summative  as-­‐sessment  of  teaching  competences  takes  place  during  teaching  practice  (Pecheone  &  Chung,  2006).       The  purpose  of  the  embedded  signature  assessment  (ESA)  serves  for  providing  formative  feedback  to  the  student  teachers  and  teacher  educators.  Many  generic  guiding  questions  were  formulated  for  creating  developmental  performance  assessment  portfolios  that  meet  psycho-­‐metric  rigor.  As  explained  by  Larsen  and  Calfee:      

The  ESAs  are  campus-­‐specific  assignments  chosen  from  standard  criteria  that  track  a  teacher  candidate’s  growth  over  time.  The  ESA  label  signifies  that  the  assessments  (1)  already  were  part  of  preparation  courses  (embedded)  and  (2)  provided  significant  snap-­‐shots  of  teacher  candidate  competency  over  time  (signature).  ESAs  include  case  studies,  lesson  plans,  observations,  classroom  management  plans,  and  other  assignments  or  ac-­‐tivities  that  fulfill  certain  selection  criteria  (2005,  p.  151).  

      Also,  these  authors  point  out  that  “…for  universities  using  an  e-­‐portfolio  system,  ESAs  push  the  boundaries  one  step  further.  An  e-­‐portfolio  is  a  computer-­‐based  collection  of  artifacts  showcasing  a  teacher  candidate’s  growth  over  time  in  key  teaching  competencies”  (Larsen  &  Calfee,  2005,  pp.  155–156)     The  PACT  summative  assessment  of  teaching  events  (TE)  use  multiple  sources  of  data  (teacher  plans,  teacher  artifacts,  student  work  samples,  video  clips  of  teaching,  and  personal  reflections  and  commentaries)  that  are  organized  on  four  categories  of  teaching:  planning,  in-­‐struction,  assessment,  and  reflection  (PIAR).  To  complete  the  TE,  candidates  plan  and  teach  a  

Page 89: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 89  

learning  segment  (i.e.,  an  instructional  unit  or  part  of  a  unit),  videotape  and  analyze  their  in-­‐struction,  collect  student  work  and  analyze  student  learning,  and  reflect  on  their  practice.  The  TEs  are  designed  to  measure  and  promote  candidates’  abilities  to  integrate  their  knowledge  of  content,  students,  and  instructional  context  in  making  instructional  decisions  and  to  stimulate  teacher  reflection  on  practice  (Pecheone  &  Chung,  2006).     TE  scoring  is  based  on  task-­‐based  model  that  follows  the  design  of  the  portfolio  in  se-­‐quential  manner  of  tasks.  The  candidates’  performance  is  rated  for  each  task  on  the  basis  of  guiding  questions  (GQ)  (on  a  4-­‐point  continuum).  As  a  result,  a  detailed  score  profile  is  generat-­‐ed  that  provides  information  at  the  GQ  level  and  at  the  PIAR  task  level  and  can  be  used  for  de-­‐veloping  individual  induction  plans  (Pecheone  &  Chung,  2006).      3.3.  Defining  performance-­based  indicators  for  assessing  teacher  competence  in  the  WatchMe  project  This  performance-­‐based  approach  for  assessing  student  teachers’  teaching  skills  is  advocated  by  the  international  team  of  WATCHME  (2014).  It  is  developed  on  the  basis  of  Dutch  teacher  com-­‐petence  requirements  (SBL,  2004)  by  defining  related  indicator  performances  for  teacher  educa-­‐tion  needs.  To  this  end  the  original  list  of  seven  competences  was  shorten  to  five  professional  roles  (actually  extended  by  one  additional  role)  and  those  in  their  turn  were  specified  through  descriptions  of  tasks  or  activities  (also,  in  terms  of  entrustable  professional  activities  –  EPA2s)  that  the  student  teacher  is  expected  and  entrusted  to  perform  without  supervision.  The  whole  assessment  tool  consists  of  8  frames  (tables)  from  which  the  essence  of  five  that  are  relevant  for  defining  performance  indicators  is  exemplified  shortly  in  the  Table  1.     A  more  detailed  analysis  of  indicator  performances  by  of  performance  levels  reveals  that  not  only  issues  of  the  construct  validity  of  the  competence  requirements  as  a  model  of  good  teaching  in  regard  of  indicators  performances  arise  in  the  Dutch  school  context  (for  what  this    

Table  1.  WATCHME  draft  performance-­based  teacher  evaluation  matrix    

Fra–me  

Title   Content    

1   Matrix  mapping  tool  

1)  Lists  5  types  of  professional  roles,  provides  descriptions  of  profes-­‐sional  activities  related  to  these  roles,  and  lists  11tasks  to  be  per-­‐formed  as  evidences  of  being  able  to  implement  these  roles.    The  professional  roles  are:  (1)  designer,  supervisor,  and  evaluator  of  learning  activities;  (2)  manager  of  the  work  environment;  (3)  Peda-­‐gogue;  (4)  member  of  professional  community;  and  (5)  Manager  of  own  professional  development.    

2   Curriculum  map-­‐ Defines  requirements  for  study  phases  Curriculum_  internship  1  and  

                                                                                                               2  An  EPA  is  ‘a  critical  part  of  professional  work  that  can  be  identified  as  a  unit  to  be  entrusted  to  a  trainee  once  suffi-­‐cient  competence  has  been  reached’.  Competence  is  thus  translated  and  made  manageable  in  terms  of  the  tasks  or  activities  that  can  be  safely  entrusted  to  someone  who  has  shown  the  required  ability  (Mulder, Ten Cate, Daalder, et al., 2010; Ten  Cate,  2013). One of many innovations of the WATCHME project is introduction of minimal quality criteria for professional activities. The identification and definittion of these criteria for teaching are subject of another study.    

Page 90: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 90  

ping  tool   Curriculum_internship  2.  From  student  completing  phase  one  imple-­‐mentation  of  roles  of  the  pedagogue  and  member  of  the  professional  community  is  not  expected.    

3   Performance  indi-­‐cators  

States  for  tasks  to  perform  indicator  activities    (2–4  for  each  task)  that  evidence  coping  with  tasks  related  to  implementing  professional  roles    

4   Performance  levels   Defines  four  performance  levels  for  the  tasks  evidencing    meeting  of  the  roles’  requirements  [Level  1  (starting);  Level  2  (sufficient);  Level  3  (good);  Level  4  (excellent)]    

5   Performance  indi-­‐cators  by  perfor-­‐mance  levels  

Combines  performance  indicators  of  tasks  with  performance  level  indicators  creating  a  matrix  34  x  4  =  136  combinations  altogether.    

 

model  was  initially  developed)  but  also  the  question  of  appropriateness  of  these  performance  indicators  for  assessing  teaching  skill  in  school  context  of  another  country.  For  example,  in  a  country  like  Estonia  national  curricula  for  general  education  have  a  much  more  prescriptive  nature  than  in  the  Netherlands  (see  e.g.  Education,  Audiovisual  and  Culture  Executive  Agency  P9  Eurydice,  2012).  Consequently,  Dutch  student  teachers  are  expected  to  be  ready  for  more  inde-­‐pendent  professional  work  than  their  Estonian  colleagues.  This  becomes  even  more  evident  when  analyzing  the  indicator  performances  expected  from  Dutch  student  teachers  by  complet-­‐ing  their  teaching  practice  at  schools  (see  Table  2).                 This  means  that  relatively  specific  criteria  for  performance-­‐based  assessment  of  teaching  developed  in  the  conditions  of  one  country  for  being  effective  in  the  context  of  another  country  with  different  education  traditions  should  be  validated  for  this  context.  One  possible  way  for  adapting  the  scoring  rubric  to  specific  school  context  is  to  use  Delphi  method  for  deciding  whether  a  specific  performance  indicator  should  be  accepted,  revised  or  removed.  The  construct  validation  of  content  standards  for  teaching  students  research  skills  used  by  Van  der  Schaaf  and  Stokking  (2011)  can  serve  as  a  prototype  approach  here.                

Table  2.  Defining  performance  indicators  by  4  performance  levels  for  task  1  (Formulates  

a  vision  of  the  subject  content  and  the  subject  didactics)  in  the  WATCHME  draft  teacher  

evaluation  matrix.  

Role/task Performance indicators Performance

Level 1

Performance

Level 2

Performance

Level 3

Performance

Level 4

Role: Designer,

1. The teacher does/does not formu-late (self-formulated) learning goals in con-nection with specific content (subject con-tent/didactic compe-

The teacher takes over the learning goals of others and the course book and occasionally stops to think

The teacher takes over the learning goals of others and the course book and often checks to see whether the

The teacher formulates his/her own learning goals which partially match the spe-cific subject

The teacher formulates his/her own learning goals which match those of the subject content.

Page 91: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 91  

supervisor and evaluator of learning activities (subject didacti-cian and supervi-sor of the learn-ing process)

Task 1: Sets learning goals for the whole curricu-lum and specific lessons.

tences).

about the cohe-sion between the set of learn-ing goals and the specific subject content.

set learning goals match those of the specific subject content.

content.

2. The teacher does/does not make use of SMART (specif-ic, measurable, ac-ceptable, realistic and time related) formulated learning goals (subject content/didactic compe-tences).

The teacher does not check if the set learning goals are SMART formu-lated.

The teacher regularly checks if the set learn-ing goals are SMART formu-lated.

The teacher formulates his/her own learning goals which partially meet SMART guidelines.

The teacher formulates his/her own learning goals which meet SMART guide-lines.

3. The teacher does/does not take into consideration the start-ing situation of students when formulating learn-ing goals (subject content/didactic compe-tences).

The teacher incidentally stops to think about the con-sistency be-tween the set of learning goals and the starting situation of the students

The teacher regularly checks if the learning goals match the starting situation of the students

The teacher formulates his/her learning goals which partially match with the starting situation of the students

The teacher formulates his/her learning goals which match with the measured start-ing situation of students

 

     

Also,  the  issue  of  reliability  of  documenting  (measurement)  cannot  be  ignored,  as  the  identifica-­‐tion  of  performance  levels  would  heavily  depend  on  the  context  and  personal  interpretation  of  definitions.  For  example,  the  performance  criterion  “the  teacher  incidentally  stops  to  think  about  the  consistency  between  the  set  of  learning  goals  and  the  starting  situation  of  the  stu-­‐dents”  for  identifying  the  performance  level  might  be  subject  of  very  different  interpretations.  The  fact  that  student  teachers’  performance-­‐based  assessment  is  typically  based  on  information  collected  from  different  sources  (lesson  plans,  lesson  observations  and  recordings,  conferences  etc.)  additionally  emphasizes  a  need  for  clear  and  unambiguous  definition  of  performance  level  indicators.          5.  Discussion  and  concluding  remarks     Describing  quality  teaching  and  identifying  its  components  that  can  be  used  as  indicators  of  quality  or  progress  towards  quality  is  a  difficult  task.  One  common  way  of  creating  models  for  quality  teaching  for  is  to  define  professional  standards  or  competence  requirements.  However,  there  is  a  lot  of  variety  in  standards  for  quality  teaching  and  these  differ  from  one  country  to  another.  Only  few  of  them  provide  valid  and  reliable  procedures  for  specific  assessment  of  teaching.  In  general,  teaching  standards  are  formulated  on  the  basis  of  agreements  between  ex-­‐perts  and  used  as  coordinating  ideas  for  defining  specific  requirements  for  good  teaching.  The  validity  of  specific  performance  indicators  might  depend  on  the  context  (on  the  subject  taught,  

Page 92: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 92  

traditions  of  a  particular  country  or  on  a  specific  teacher  education  program).  Learning  Analytics  (LA)  procedures  can  be  helpful  for  validating  such  indicators  by  providing  processed  data  for  external  interpretation  by  experts.  For  example,  a  graphical  presentation  of  progress  profiles  and  a  typology  of  progress  might  be  beneficial  for  more  general  interpretations  and  validating  of  the  underlying  model.  Yet,  as  Greller  and  Drachsler  (2012)  stated,  there  is  always  an  on-­‐going  challenge  to  formulate  indicators  from  the  available  datasets  that  bear  relevance  for  the  evalua-­‐tion  of  the  learning  process  (i.e.  learning  to  teach  and  modelling  of  it  in  our  case)  but  do  not  rep-­‐resent  the  real  teaching  competence  in  its  integrity,  i.e.  embracing  all  relevant  professional  skills.     Another  issue  besides  modelling  teaching  competence  is  collecting  entry  data  on  indica-­‐tor  performances  of  teaching  by  means  of  an  e-­‐portfolio  for  applying  LA.  Main  problems  are  that  composing  portfolios  for  assessing  teaching  competences  as  well  as  assessing  procedures  are  time  consuming,  and  the  quality  of  reflection  on  teaching  activities  is  often  unsatisfactory.    Quite  promising  procedures  for  portfolio-­‐based  formative  and  summative  assessing  of  teaching  have  been  elaborated  by  the  PACT  (Larsen  &  Calfee,  2005)  involving  embedded  signature  assessment  (ESA)  and  assessment  of  teaching  events  (TE).  For  ESA  an  e-­‐portfolio  encloses  a  computer-­‐based  collection  of  artifacts  that  show  a  teacher  candidate’s  growth  over  time  in  key  teaching  compe-­‐tencies.       Probably,  the  most  challenging  problem  when  using  portfolio-­‐based  assessments  as  in-­‐put  for  LA,  is  having  reliable  assessment  scales  of  defined  indicator  performances  enabling  con-­‐version  of  interpretative  ratings  into  quantitative  data.  Here  the  strong  and  weak  sides  of  three  options  of  scaling  should  be  taken  into  consideration:  (1)  introduction  of  relatively  independent-­‐ly  stated  indicators  of  performance  levels;  (2)  cumulatively  defined  indicators  of  performance  levels  (like  in  the  case  of  CCSSO  Model  Core  Teaching  Standards);  (3)    Likert-­‐type  scales  for  as-­‐sessing  quality  of  indicator  performances.       This  literature  study  raised  issues  in  validating  models  of  good  teaching  and  their  com-­‐ponents  in  the  context  of  e-­‐portfolio  assessment  and  LA.  Most  issues  derived  from  an  atomistic  perspective  on  teaching  and  teacher  assessment  and  can  be  solved  in  an  integral  way  by  using  a  more  holistic  concept,  such  as  core  practices.    

 References      Andrews,  T.E.  &  Barnes,  S.  (1990).  Assessment  of  teaching.  In  Robert  Houston  (Ed.).  Handbook  of  

research  on  teacher  education,  (569  −  598).New  York  Macmillan  Publishing  Company.    Arends,  R.  I.  (2006).  Performance  assessment  in  perspective:  History,  Opportunities,  and  chal-­‐

lenges.  In  Sharon  Castle  and    Beverly    D.  Shaklee  (eds.)  Assessing  Teacher  Performance:  Per-­formance-­Based  Assessment    in  Teacher  Education,(pp.  3–22).  Rowman  &  Littlefield  Educa-­‐tion.  

 Baral,  D.  P.,  Snow,  R.  E.,  &  Allen,  E.  W.  (1968).  A  taxonomy  of  teaching    behaviors:  progress  report  

(Research  and  Development  Memorandum  No.  36,    Stanford,  CA:  Stanford  University  School  of  Education.  ERIC  Document  Reproduction  Service  No.  ED049157).  

 

Page 93: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 93  

Bond,  L.,  Smith,  T.,  Baker,  W.K.,  &  Hattie,  J.A.  (2000).  The  Certification  System  of  the  National  Board  for  Professional  Teaching  Standards:  A  Construct  and  Consequential  Validity  Study,  Center  for  Educational  Research  and  Evaluation.  The  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Greens-­‐boro,  Greensboro,  NC.  

 Bourgonje,  P.    and  Tromp,    R.  (2011).  Quality  Educators:  An  International  Study  of  Teacher  Competences  and  Standards.  Education    International  /  Oxfam  Novib.  Retrieved  from    

http://download.ei-­‐ie.org/Docs/WebDepot/Quality%20Educators.pdf      Bowles,  F.  D.  (1973).  Competency-­‐based  teacher  education?  The  Houston  story.  Educational  

Leadership,  30  (6),  510–12  .          Bush,  R.  N.  (1968,  April).  Second  annual  report  (Annual  Report  No.  2,.  Stanford,  CA:  Stanford  Cen-­‐

ter  for  Research  and  Development  in  Teaching.  ERIC  Document  Reproduction  Service  No.  ED024642)  

 Cantrell,  S.,  Fullerton,  J.,  Kane,  T.J.,  &  Staiger,  D.O.  (2008).  National  Board  Certification  and  teach-­

er  effectiveness:  Evidence  from  a  random  assignment  experiment  (NBER  Working  Paper  14608).  Cambridge:  National  Bureau  of  Economic  Research.  

 Clow,  D.  (2013).  An  overview  of  learning  analytics.  Teaching  in  Higher  Education,  (18)  6,  p  683–

695.    Cochran-­‐Smith,  M.  (2014).  A  U.S.  perspective  on  teacher  preparation  research:  past,  present  and  

future.  A  paper  presented  at  the  EERA  Conference  “The  past,  present  and  future  of  educa-­‐tional  research  in  Europe”,  1–5  September  in  Porto,  Portugal.  

 Commission  on  Teacher  Credentialing.  (2013).  California  Teaching  Performance  Expectations.  

Retrieved  from  http://www.ctc.ca.gov/educator-­‐prep/standards/adopted-­‐TPEs-­‐2013.pdf      Council  of  Chief  State  School  Officers  (CCSSO).  (2013,  April).  Interstate  Teacher  Assessment  and  

Support  Consortium    InTASC  Model  Core  Teaching  Standards  and  Learning  Progressions  for  Teachers  1.0:  A  Resource  for  Ongoing  Teacher  Development.  Washington,  DC:  Author.  

   Dewey,  J.  (1965/1904).  The  relation  of  theory  to  practice  in  education.  In  C.  A.  McMurry  (Ed.),  

The  Third  Yearbook  of  the  National  Society  for  the  Scientific  Study  of  Education.  Part  I,  (  pp.  9–30).  Chicago:  The  University  of  Chicago  Press.  Retrieved  from  https://archive.org/details/r00elationoftheorynatirich  

 Doyle,  W.  (1990).  Themes  in  teacher  education  research.  In  W.  Robert  Houston  ed.  Handbook  of  

research  on  teacher  education,  (pp.  3  –24).  New  York:  Macmillan  Pub.  Co.    Driessen,  E.,  Van  Tartwijk,  J.,  Van  der  Vleuten,  C.,  &  Wass,  V.  (2007).  Portfolios  in  medical  

education:  why  do  they  meet  with  mixed  success?  A  systematic  review.  Medical  education,  41(12),  1224–33.    

 Dringus,  L.  P.  (2012).  Learning  Analytics  Considered  Harmful.  Journal  of  Asynchronous  Learning  

Networks,  16(3),  87–100.      

Page 94: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 94  

Education,  Audiovisual  and  Culture  Executive  Agency  P9  Eurydice.  (2012).  Key  data  on  education  in  Europe  2012.  Brussels:  Education,  Audiovisual  and  Culture  Executive  Agency  

Retrieved  from    http://eacea.ec.europa.eu/education/eurydice/index_en.php)    EPASS.  (2014).  About  EPASS.  Retrieved  from  http://www.epass.eu/en/over-­‐epass/    Ferguson,  Rebecca.  The  State  of  Learning  Analytics  in  2012:  A  Review  and  Future  Challenges.  

Technical  Report.  Knowledge  Media  Institute:  The  Open  University,  UK,  2012.  http://kmi.open.ac.uk/publications/pdf/kmi-­‐12-­‐01.pdf  

 Forzani,  F.M.  (2014).  Understanding  “Core  Practices”  and  “Practice  Based”  Teacher  Education  

Learning  From  the  Past.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  65(4),  357–368.    Good,  T.L.  (1996).  Teaching  effects  and  teacher  education.  In  John  Sikula  (Ed.).  Handbook  of  re-­

search  on  teacher  education.  Second  edition,  (pp.  617–665).  New  York:  Simon  &  Schuster  Macmillan.  

 Greller,  W.;  Drachsler,  H.  (2012)  .  Translating  Learning  into  Numbers:  A  Generic  Framework  for  

Learning  Analytics.  Educational  Technology  &  Society,  15(3),  42–57.      Forzani,  F.  M.  (2014).  Understanding  “Core  Practices”  and  “Practice-­‐Based”  Teacher  Education:  Learning  From  the  Past.  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  65(4),  357–36.    Grossman,  P.,  Karen  Hammerness,  K,  &  McDonald,  M.  (2009).  Redefining  teaching,  re-­‐imagining  

teacher  education.  Teachers  and  Teaching:  Theory  and  Practice,  15(2),  273–289    Hakel,  M.,  Koenig,  J.  &  Elliott,  S.(2008).  Assessing  Accomplished  Teaching:  Advanced-­‐Level  Certification  Programs.  Washington,  D.C.:  National  Academies  Press.      Ingvarson,  L.C.  (2009).  Developing  and  rewarding  excellent  teachers:  The  Scottish  Chartered  

Teacher  Scheme.  Professional  Development  in  Education,  35(3),  451–468.    Joyce,  B.  (1975).  Conceptions  of  man  and  their  implications  for  teacher  education.  In  K.  Ryan  

(Ed.).Teacher  education  (74th  yearbook  of  the  National  Society  for  the  Study  of    Education,  Part  II,  (111  −  145).  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press..  

Larsen,  L.  R.;  Calfee,  R.  C.  (2005).  Assessing  Teacher  Candidate  Growth  over  Time:  Embedded  Signature  Assessments.  Clearing  House,  78  (4),    151–157.  

 Medley,  D.  (1985).  Issues  and  problems  in  the  validation  of  teaching  and  teacher  professional  be-­

haviors.  Paper  presented  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  American  Educational  Research  Asso-­‐ciation,  Chicago,  IL,  March  31–  April  4.  

 Mulder,  H.,  Ten  Cate,  O.,  Daalder,  R.,  &  Berkvens,  J.  (2010).  Building  a  competency-­‐based  

workplace  curriculum  around  entrustable  professional  activities:  The  case  of  physician  assistant  training.  Medical  Teacher,  32(10),  e453–9.  

 NBPTS.  (1987).The  Five  Core  Propositions.  http://www.nbpts.org/five-­‐core-­‐

propositions#sthash.rdAKZJ2w.dpuf    NBPTS.  (2014).  Certificate  Areas.  Retrieved  from  http://www.nbpts.org/certificate-­‐areas  

Page 95: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 95  

 NCATE.  (2008).  Professional  Standards  for  the  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Preparation  Institutions.  Retrieved  from  

http://www.ncate.org/Portals/0/documents/Standards/NCATE%20Standards%202008.pdf  

 Pecheone,  R.  L.;  Chung,  R.  R.    (2006).  Evidence  in  Teacher  Education:  The  Performance  Assess-­‐

ment  for  California  Teachers  (PACT).  Journal  of  Teacher  Education,  57  (1),  22–36.      Pecheone,  R.  L.;  Chung,  R.  R.    (2007).  Technical  Report  of  the  Performance  Assessment  for  Califor-­

nia  Teachers  (PACT):  Summary  of  Validity  and  Reliability  Studies  for  the  2003-­04  Pilot  Year.  California:  PACT  Consortium.  Retrieved  from:  http://www.pacttpa.org/_files/Publications_and_Presentations/PACT_Technical_Report_March07.pdf  

 Roth,  R.  A.  (1996).  Standards  for  certification,  licensure,  and  accreditation.  .  In  John  Sikula  (Ed.).  

Handbook  of  research  on  teacher  education.  Second  edition,  (pp.  242–278).  New  York:  Simon  &  Schuster  Macmillan.  

SBL  (2004).  Competence  requirements.  Teachers.  Retrieved  from  http://www.bekwaamheidsdossier.nl/cms/bijlagen/SBL_Introduction.pdf  

 Shulman,  L.  (1992).  Research  on  teaching:  A  historical  and  personal  perspective.  In  F.  Oser,  A.  

Dick,  &  J.  Patry  (Eds.).  Effective  and  responsible  teaching,(  pp.  14  –29).  San  Francisco:  Jossey-­‐Bass.    

 Snoek,  M.  (2011).  Teacher  education  in  the  Netherlands.  Balancing  between  autonomous  institu-­‐

tions  and  a  steering  government.  In  Zuljan,  M.  V.  and  Vogrinc  J.    (eds.).  (      European  Dimen-­sions  of  Teacher  Education  –  Similarities  and  Differences  (pp.  53–83).    Ljubljana:  Faculty  of  Education,  University  of  Ljubljana,  Slovenia  and  The  National  School  of  Leadership  in  Edu-­‐cation.  Retrieved  from  http://www.pef.uninlj.si/fileadmin/Datoteke/Zalozba/pdf/Zuljan_Vogrinc_Teacher_education.pdf  

 Stodolsky,  S.  (1985).  Teacher  evaluation:  The  limits  of  looking.  Educational  Research,  13(9),  

11−18.    Ten  Cate,  O.  (2013)  Nuts  and  Bolts  of  Entrustable  professional  activities.  Journal  of  Graduate  

Medical  Education,  5(1),  157–8.    The  Council  of  Chief  State  School  Officers  (2013).  Interstate  Teacher  Assessment  and  Support  

Consortium  InTASC  Model  Core  Teaching  Standards  and  Learning  Progressions  for  Teachers  1.0:  A  Resource  for  Ongoing  Teacher  Development.  Washington,  DC:  Author.  http://www.ccsso.org/Documents/2013/2013_INTASC_Learning_Progressions_for_Teachers.pdf  

 Tigelaar,  D.  E.  H.  and  van  Tartwijk,  J.  (2010).  Ther  evaluation  of  prospective  teachers  in  teacher  

education.  In  Penelop  Peterson,  Eva  Baker  and  McGaw  (Eds.-­‐in-­‐chief)  International  Encyclopedia  of  Education,Third  ed.,  (  pp.  511–517).  Elsvier.  

 Van  der  Schaaf,  M.,  Stokking  K.,  &  Verloop,  N.  (2008a).  Teacher  beliefs  and  teacher  behaviour  in  

portfolio  assessment.  Teaching  and  Teacher  Education,  24  (7),  1691–1704.  

Page 96: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 96  

 Van  der  Schaaf,  M.,  Stokking,  K.,  &  Verloop,  N.  (2008b).  Developing  and  validating  a  design  for  

teacher  portfolio  assessment.  Assessment  &  Evaluation  in  Higher  Education,  33  (3),  245–262.    Van  der  Schaaf,  M.  F.  and  Stokking,  K.  M.  (2011).  Construct  Validation  of  Content  Standards  for  

Teaching.  Scandinavian  Journal  of  Educational  Research,  55(3),  273–289.    Vandevoort,  Amrein-­‐Beardsley,  and  Berliner  (2004).  National  Board  Certified  Teachers  and  

Their  Students’  Achievement.  Education  Policy  Analysis  Archives,  12(  46),  1–117.    WATCHME:  Workplace-­‐based  e-­‐Assessment  Technology  for  Competency-­‐based  Higher  Multi-­‐

professional  Education    (2014).  Retrieved  from  http://cordis.europa.eu/project/rcn/189095_en.html  

 Zeichner,  K.M.  (1983).  Alternative  paradigms  of  teacher  education.  Journal  of  Teacher  education,  

34(3),  3  –  9.    Zgaga,  P.  (2011).    Why  we  need  to  learn  one  from  another  and  work  together?  In  Zuljan,  M.  V.  

and  Vogrinc  J.    (eds.).  (      European  Dimensions  of  Teacher  Education  –  Similarities  and  Differ-­ences  (pp.  11–31).    Ljubljana:  Faculty  of  Education,  University  of  Ljubljana,  Slovenia  and  The  National  School  of  Leadership  in  Education.  Retrieved  from  http://www.pef.uninlj.si/fileadmin/Datoteke/Zalozba/pdf/Zuljan_Vogrinc_Teacher_education.pdf  

     

Page 97: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 97  

Appendix:    EPAs  for  Teacher  Education  Main  contributors:  Bert  Slof,  Äli  Leijen,  Edgar  Krull,  Marieke  van  der  Schaaf,  &  Jan  van  Tartwijk    A)  Introduction  Teacher  education  takes  place  at  teacher  institutes  and  at  schools  for  primary  education  (Esto-­‐nia)  and  secondary  education  (The  Netherlands)  where  students  have  a  placement  (i.e.,  school  practicum).  The  supervisor  (from  the  teacher  institute)  and  the  mentor  (from  the  placement  school)  are  both  involved  in  the  assessment  and  evaluation  of  the  student  teacher.  

In  Estonia,  three  types  of  school  practicums  take  place.  Firstly,  students  visit  schools  in  groups  of  2-­‐3  students  in  every  two  weeks  throughout  three  semesters.  Every  group  has  a  men-­‐tor  teacher  under  whose  supervision  they  carry  out  the  practicum.  The  main  focus  of  this  school  practicum  is  to  associate  studies  of  the  pedagogical  subjects  with  teacher’s  activities  in  an  educa-­‐tional  institution.  During  this  practicum  students  carry  out  different  observational  assignments  and  regular  mentor  discussions  are  held.  The  final  part  of  this  practicum  also  includes  different  assignments  related  to  class  teacher’s  work.  Secondly,  students  visit  schools  in  groups  of  2-­‐3  students  throughout  a  semester  to  associate  studies  of  subject,  domain-­‐  and  subject-­‐didactics  with  teacher’s  activities  in  an  educational  institution.  During  this  practicum,  students  are  in  a  role  of  assistant  teachers  supporting  teachers  in  different  activities  (e.g.  giving  feedback,  carry-­‐ing  out  parts  of  the  lesson,  guiding  pupils  individually).  Thirdly,  the  main  school  practicum  takes  place  in  the  second  year  of  teacher  education.  This  is  a  10-­‐week  period  where  student  teachers  actually  teach  at  school  and  carry  out  other  activities  related  to  teacher’s  work.  During  this  practicum  formative  (feedback  is  provided)  and  summative  (proficiency  level  is  judged)  evalua-­‐tion  is  planned  to  take  place  for  11  defined  entrusted  professional  activities  (EPAs)  in  the  future.  This  is  the  common  framework  of  teacher  education  in  the  University  of  Tartu.  Primary  school  teachers  also  have  some  additional  school  practicums  related  to  the  level  of  education  (first  years  of  primary  school  separately  from  the  later  years).    

In  The  Netherlands  the  assessment  and  evaluation  of  the  one-­‐year  programme  is  divided  in  two  phases.  In  the  first  phase,  student  teachers,  in  triads,  visit  their  placement  school  and  ob-­‐serve  experienced  qualified  teachers’  performance  and,  in  addition,  give  lessons  themselves.  In  the  second  phase  the  student  teachers  visit  the  placement  school  by  their  self  and  have  to  carry  out  the  professional  activities  with  guidance  from  the  mentor  and  the  supervisor  from  the  teacher  institute.  There  is,  however,  a  difference  what  will  be  assessed  and  evaluated  in  each  phase.  In  the  first  phase  a  formative  (feedback  is  provided)  and  summative  (proficiency  level  is  judged)  evaluation  will  take  place  for  eight  of  the  11  defined  entrusted  professional  activities  (EPAs).  The  other  three  EPAs  will  only  be  formatively  evaluated.  In  the  second  phase  a  formative  and  summative  evaluation  will  take  place  for  all  EPAs.    

 The  WATCHME  project  focuses  on  the  school  practicum  period  of  teacher  education  and,  there-­‐fore,  does  not  specifically  address  the  acquisition  of  knowledge  about:  (1)  the  subject  matter  and  (2)  interpersonal  communication  and  classroom  management  and  (3)  development  of  the  pupil  as  a  person  and  possible  problems  associated  with  it.  This  is  assessed  and  evaluated  in  other  parts  of  the  teacher  education  programme.  Since  student  teachers’  performance  of  the  EPAs  is  affected  by  this  kind  of  knowledge,  it  is  referred  to  as  prerequisite  knowledge.    Deliverable  2.1  concentrates  on  what  should  be  assessed  and  evaluated  during  student  teachers’  school  practi-­‐

Page 98: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 98  

cum.  It  concerns  the  content  and  not  how  the  EPAs  should  be  assessed  and  evaluated.  In  this  appendix,  the  five  professional  roles  (student)  teachers  have  to  fulfil  and  the  associated  EPAs  will  be  described.    

To  determine  what  should  be  assessed  and  evaluated  during  school  practicum  in  the  teacher  education  programme  a  Delphi  procedure  was  carried  out  at  institutes  for  teacher  edu-­‐cation  in  Estonia  and  The  Netherlands.  In  Step  one  a  first  list  of  professional  roles  and  entrusted  activities  were  developed  and  presented  to  the  four  teacher  educators  and  the  head  of  the  teacher  educator  in  the  Netherlands.  In  addition,  two  Estonian  teacher  educators  were  involved  in  developing  the  list  with  roles  and  activities.  Three  discussion  and  revision  rounds  were  held  to  develop  a  final  list  with  professional  roles  and  entrusted  activities  student  teachers  should  master  during  their  internship  placement.  In  Step  two,  a  rubric  containing  four  proficiency  level  descriptions  (i.e.,  beginning,  sufficient,  good  and  excellent)  for  each  EPA  was  composed.  Again,  three  discussion  and  revision  rounds  were  held  to  develop  the  proficiency  levels  for  each  EPA  and  their  underlying  performance  criteria.  Below  the  results  of  both  rounds  are  presented  and  suggestions  information  sources  and  assessors  for  the  assessment  and  evaluation  procedure  are  provided.      B)  Teachers’  professional  roles  Student  teachers  have  to  fulfil  five  different  professional  roles  and  within  each  role  one  or  more  EPAs  have  to  be  carried  out.  In  both  countries  the  roles  and  EPAs  were  recognized  as  important,  but  especially  the  first  two  roles  and  the  associated  seven  EPAs  were  seen  as  the  most  crucial  ones  since  they  directly  relate  to  the  teaching  responsibilities  in  the  classroom.      

Page 99: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 99  

     

Role  1.    Designer,  supervisor  and  evaluator  of  learning  activities    

Description   A  teacher  is  able  to  plan  learning  activities  based  on  self  estab-­‐lished  goals  and  the  starting  situation  of  the  students.  The  teacher  is  able  to  implement  different  types  media,  such  as  ICT,  and  target  different  types  of  methods  flexibly.  The  teacher  is  able  to  clarify  to  the  students  the  how  and  why  of  a  lesson.  Is  able  to  handle  differ-­‐ent  types  of  students.  Additionally,  the  teacher  is  capable  of  ade-­‐quately  testing  students’  progress.  

EPAs   • Sets  learning  goals  for  the  whole  curriculum  and  specific  les-­‐sons.      

• Designs  learning  activities  (incl.  materials  and  media)  for  the  set  learning  goals.  

• Plans  the  execution  and  supervision  of  learning  activities.  • Supervises  the  execution  of  learning  activities.  • Tests  to  which  extend  the  set  learning  goals  have  been  met.    

Prerequisite  knowledge   The  teacher  expresses  readily  available  content  knowledge  that  goes  beyond  the  course  material.  He/she  expresses  these  choices  mainly  from  their  own  subject  and  educational  conception  and  insight  how  students  acquire  subject  knowledge.  The  teacher  oversees  the  annual  curriculum.  

Formative  assessment     School  practicum  1  and  2  Summative  assessment   School  practicum  1  and  2  Role  2.    Manager  of  the  work  environment    

Description   A  teacher  seeks  personal  contact  with  students.  He/she  has  a  clear  overview  of  the  communication  process  in  the  group  and  is  can  manage  to  steer  it  in  different  directions  in  order  to  maintain  an  orderly  and  pleasant  work  environment.  

EPAs   • Engages  in  interpersonal  relationships  with  (groups  of)  stu-­‐dents.  

• Directs  the  communication  processes  in  the  group.  Prerequisite  knowledge   The  teacher  has  a  personal  vision  on  how  to  communicate  effec-­‐

tively  and  to  steer  and  maintain  and  orderly  and  pleasant  work  environment.  This  vision  is  based  on  basic  theories  on  interper-­‐sonal  relations  and  classroom  management.    

Formative  assessment     School  practicum  1  and  2  Summative  assessment   School  practicum  1  and  2  

Role  3.    Pedagogue  

Description   A  teacher  processes  a  good  sense  of  identity,  self-­‐knowledge,  and  feeling  of  responsibility  to  develop  a  pedagogical  vision.  The  teacher  is  able  to  supervise  the  independence  and  social-­‐emotional  and  moral  development  (personal  growth)  of  the  stu-­‐dents.  

Page 100: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 100  

                 

       C)  Teachers’  entrusted  professional  activities  For  assessment  and  evaluation  purposes  at  least  two  performance  criteria  were  formulated  for  each  EPA.  Please  be  aware  that  the  order  in  which  the  criteria  are  described  does  not  provide  an  indication  for  the  importance  or  difficulty  of  a  specific  criterion.  The  criteria  were  used  to  assess  and  evaluate  at  which  proficiency  level  (i.e.,  beginning,  sufficient,  good  and  excellent)  a  student  teacher  is  able  to  carry  out  a  specific  EPA.  Based  on  the  proficiency  levels  formative  (i.e.,  sugges-­‐tions  for  improvement)  and  summative  feedback  (i.e.,  pass  or  fail  decision)  can  be  provided  by  the  mentor  and  the  supervisor.  Student  teachers  pass  the  school  practicums  when  they,  at  least,  master  all  EPAs  at  the  sufficient  level.      

EPAs   • Supervises  the  development  of  the  student  as  a  person.  Prerequisite  knowledge   The  teacher  has  a  pedagogical  vision  based  on  her/his  own  

norms  and  values  and  relevant  basic  theories  related  to  the  de-­‐velopment  of  the  student  as  a  person.  She  is  able  to  demonstrate  this  based  on  him-­‐/herself  as  example  in  the  class.  He/she  is  able  to  work  out  supervision  forms  for  individual  students  and  the  group  as  a  whole  and  knows  how  to  communicate  this  to  stake-­‐holders  such  as  colleagues  and  parents.  

Formative  assessment     School  practicum  1  and  2  Summative  assessment   School  practicum  2  

Role  4.    Member  of  the  professional  community    

Description    A  teacher  has  a  view  on  aspects  of  school  and  educational  policies  that  affect  her  or  his  personal  performance.  The  teacher  carries  out  tasks  that  go  beyond  the  teaching  tasks,  and  is  prepared  to  use  her  or  his  influence  to  improve  school  and  educational  policies.  This  is  done  constructively  in  collaboration  with  colleagues  and  others.      

EPAs   • Carries  out  tasks  that  go  beyond  the  lesson,  class  and  subject.  • Collaborates  with  colleagues  and,  if  necessary,  parents  and  

other  stakeholders.  Prerequisite  knowledge   -­‐  Formative  assessment     School  practicum  1  and  2  Summative  assessment   School  practicum  2  

Page 101: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 101  

   

EPA  1.      Sets  learning  goals  for  the  whole  curriculum  and  specific  lessons    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  does/does  not  formulate  (self  formulated)  learning  goals  in  connection  with  specific  subject  content  The  teacher  does/does  not  make  use  of  SMART  (specific,  measurable,  ac-­‐ceptable,  realistic  and  time  related)  formulated  learning  goals.  The  teacher  does/does  not  take  into  consideration  the  starting  situation  of  students  when  formulating  learning  goals.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  takes  over  the  learning  goals  or  course  material  from  others.  He/she  incidentally  considers  the  starting  situation  of  the  students  and  the  connection  with  specific  subject  content.  The  teacher  does  not  check  if  the  learning  goals  are  SMART  formulated.  (starting)  The  teacher  regularly  checks  if  the  learning  goals  of  others  or  the  course  material  connect  to  specific  subject  content  and  the  starting  situation  of  the  students.  The  teacher  checks  if  the  set  learning  goals  are  SMART  formulat-­‐ed.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  formulates  his/her  own  learning  goals,  which  usually  connect  to  the  specific  subject  content  and  the  starting  situation  of  the  students.  These  learning  goals  are  partially  SMART  formulated.  (good)  The  teacher  formulates  his/her  own  coherent  learning  goals,  which  con-­‐nect  to  the  specific  subject  content  and  the  investigated  starting  situation  of  the  students.  The  learning  goals  are  SMART  formulated.  (Excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Lesson  plans/series  of  lessons  and  student  placement  evaluation  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor  and  supervisor.  

Page 102: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 102  

         

EPA  2.    Designs  learning  activities  (incl.  materials  and  media)  for  the  set  learning  goals    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher,  if  desired,  does/does  not  make  use  of  self-­‐developed  learning  activities  (incl.  methods  and  materials).    The  teacher  does/does  not  relate  the  learning  activities  to  the  set  learning  goals.  The  teacher  does/does  not  create  possibilities  to  involve  students  actively  in  the  lesson.  The  teacher  does/does  not  make  use  of  possibilities  to  differentiate  be-­‐tween  students.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  makes  use  of  learning  activities  (incl.  material  and  media),  which  are  developed  by  the  publisher  or  others.  He/she  incidentally  stops  to  think  about  how  it  connects  with  the  learning  goals.  The  teacher  mainly  uses  instruction  oriented  working  methods,  which  are  targeted  to  the  class  as  a  whole.  The  teacher  supports  students  with  the  help  of  standard  exer-­‐cises.  (starting)  The  teacher  is  able  to  adapt  learning  activities  (incl.  material  and  media),  which  are  developed  by  the  publisher  or  others.  He/she  usually  stops  to  think  about  how  the  learning  goals  and  the  learning  activities  connect.  The  teacher  alternately  makes  use  of  direct  instruction  and  activating  working  methods.  He/she  searches  for  solutions  for  the  differences  in  student  levels  in  the  class.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  develops  his  or  her  own  learning  materials  (incl.  material  and  media)  and  usually  relates  these  to  the  desired  learning  results.  He/she  uses  self-­‐developed  and  existing  learning  activities  and  is  able  to  bring  var-­‐iation  in  the  lesson.  The  teacher  takes  into  consideration  the  differences  of  between  students  at  the  class  level.  He/she  chooses  targeted  brush-­‐up  ac-­‐tivities  and  enrichment  activities  at  the  class  level.  (good)  The  teacher  knows  when  new  learning  activities  (incl.  material  and  media)  are  desired,  shapes  these  accordingly  and  considerately,  and  relates  the  learning  activities  clearly  to  the  desired  learning  results.  He/she  makes  use  of  the  rich  diversity  of  activating  working  methods.  The  teacher  lets  indi-­‐vidual  students  work  at  their  own  level  as  much  as  possible  and  chooses  appropriate  brush-­‐up  activities  and  enrichment  exercises.  (Excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Lesson  plans/series  of  lessons  and  student  placement  evaluation  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor  and  supervisor.  

Page 103: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 103  

   

EPA  3.      Plans  the  execution  and  supervision  of  learning  activities    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  does/does  not  make  use  of  structured  lesson  plans.  The  teacher  does/does  not  take  into  consideration  (to  be  expected)  events.  The  teacher  does/does  not  take  on  a  variety  of  learning  activities  and  ma-­‐terials.  The  teacher  does/does  not  make  use  of  the  possibility  to  differentiate  be-­‐tween  students.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  has  problems  to  plan  a  realistic  and  clearly  structured  lesson.  He/she  often  does  not  have  alternative  plans  available  in  order  to  antici-­‐pate  (to  be  expected)  situations.  The  teacher  only  includes  a  couple  of  in-­‐struction  oriented  working  methods,  which  are  meant  for  the  group  as  a  whole,  in  the  lesson  plan.  (starting)  The  teacher  mainly  uses  lesson  plans,  which  have  a  clearly  distinguishable  introduction,  core  and  closing.  She/he  takes  into  consideration  (to  be  ex-­‐pected)  situations.  The  teacher  incorporates  instruction  oriented  and  acti-­‐vating  working  methods,  which  are  meant  for  the  group  as  a  whole  in  the  lesson  plan.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  plans  the  construction  of  the  lesson  realistically.  The  learning  activities  are  marked  by  a  clear  construction,  with  alternated  activating  working  methods  and  take  into  consideration  the  heterogeneity  of  students  at  class  level.  The  teacher  partially  anticipates  (to  be  expected)  situations.  (good)  The  teacher  plans  the  content  and  the  construct  of  the  lesson  realistically.  The  learning  activities  are  marked  by  a  variety  of  activating  working  meth-­‐ods.  The  teacher  takes  into  consideration  the  features  of  individual  stu-­‐dents.  He/she,  if  necessary,  has  an  alternative  plan  available  to  play  into  (to  be  expected)  situation.  (Excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Lesson  plans/series  of  lessons  and  student  placement  evaluation  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor  and  supervisor.  

Page 104: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 104  

 

EPA  4.    Supervises  the  execution  of  learning  activities    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  does/does  not  carry  out  effectively  and  with  flexibility  the  planned  learning  activities.  The  teacher  does/does  not  implement  a  variety  of  learning  activities  and  learning  materials  which  do/do  not  take  into  consideration  the  level  of  the  students.  The  teacher  does/does  not  stimulate  the  students  to  choose  their  own  learning  activities.  The  teacher  explains  to  the  students  the  learning  goals  and  lesson  phases  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  still  has  difficulty  to  execute  on  time  and  effectively  the  planned  learning  activities  (methods).  He/she  has  little  attention  to  the  relationship  between  the  learning  goals  and  learning  activities.  He/she  is  often  lead  by  events  which  take  place  during  the  lesson.  The  teacher  mainly  offers  instruction  oriented  working  methods,  which  are  targeted  to  the  class  as  a  whole.  (starting)  The  teacher  usually  executes  the  planned  learning  activities  effectively  and  on  time.  The  teacher  explicates  the  relationship  between  the  learning  goals  and  the  learning  activities  at  the  beginning  of  the  lesson.  The  teacher  adapts  instruction  oriented  and  activating  working  methods  and  alternates  between  them.  The  teacher  seeks  for  solutions  in  order  to  take  into  consid-­‐eration  the  differences  between  students  in  the  class.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  effectively  executes  the  planned  learning  activities  in  the  class.  Gives  clear  instructions  and  explains  the  phases  of  the  lesson.  He/she  is  capable  of  adapting  activities  adequately  if  the  situation  requires  it.  The  teacher  applies  instruction  oriented  and  activating  working  methods  and  is  able  to  bring  variation  to  them.  The  teacher  stimulates  students  to  choose  their  own  learning  activities.  She/he  explains  the  relationship  between  the  learning  goals  and  learning  activities  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end  of  the  lesson.  (good)  The  teacher  effectively  executes  the  planned  learning  activities  in  the  class.  Gives  clear  instructions  and  explains  the  phases  of  the  lesson.  He/she  has  to  his/her  disposal  a  large  set  of  adequate  working  methods  that  can  be  used  depending  on  the  situation  and  often  driven  by  students.  Additionally,  he/she  stimulates  students  to  choose  their  own  learning  activities.  The  teacher  explains  the  relationship  between  the  learning  goals  and  learning  activities  throughout  the  entire  lesson.  (excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Lesson  observation,  video  material  and  student  placement  evaluation  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor,  supervisor  and  pupils.  

Page 105: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 105  

     

EPA  5.    Tests  to  which  extend  the  set  learning  goals  have  been  met.    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher,  if  desired,  does/does  not  make  use  of  self-­‐developed  tests  (incl.  correction  sheet).  The  teacher  does/does  not  interpret  (e.g.  the  contemplated  results  The  teacher  does/does  not  apply  different  tests  (incl.  correction  sheets)  as  an  instrument  to  diagnose  and  evaluate  the  learning  of  students  and  the  self-­‐learning.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  makes  use  of  tests  and  correction  models,  which  are  offered  by  publishers  and  others.  She/he  makes  use  of  evaluation  forms,  which  only  serve  as  an  evaluation  instrument.  The  teacher  has  little  attention  for  the  interpretation  of  the  acquired  test  results.    (starting)  The  teacher  is  aware  of  shortcomings  of  existing  tests  (incl.  the  correction  models)  and  adapts  them.  The  teacher  interprets  acquired  test  results  and  corrects,  if  needed,  the  grade  accordingly.  He/she  occasionally  includes  other  evaluation  forms  for  the  assessment.  The  teacher  does  not  use  the  evaluation  forms  as  a  diagnostic  instrument  for  the  advancement  of  the  learning  of  the  students  and  self-­‐learning.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  realizes  when  existing  tests  are  inadequate  and  designs  for  that  purpose  a  new  test  (incl.  correction  model).  He/she  interprets  the  ac-­‐quired  test  results  and  offers  suggestions  for  improvement.  The  teacher  uses  different  evaluation  forms  as  assessment  instrument  and,  where  rele-­‐vant,  as  diagnosis  instrument  to  promote  the  learning  of  students  and  self-­‐learning.  (excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Tests  (incl.  correction  sheets  and  analysis)  and  student  placement  evalua-­‐tion  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor  and  supervisor.  

Page 106: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 106  

 

EPA  6.  Engages  in  interpersonal  relationships  with  (groups  of)  students    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  does/does  not  show  interest  in  her/his  own  students.  The  teacher  is/is  not  open  to  student  initiatives.  The  teacher  does/does  not  have  an  overview  of  the  social  relationships  within  a  group  and  is/is  not  able  to  respond  accordingly.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  shows  little  interest  in  what  moves  and  motivates  students.  He/she  provides  little  room  for  the  students  to  come  with  own  initiatives.  The  teacher  has  little  regard  for  the  social  relationships  in  a  group  and  has  difficulty  to  respond  to  this.  (starting)  The  teacher  regularly  shows  interest  in  what  moves  and  motivates  stu-­‐dents.  The  teacher  regularly  offers  students  the  possibility  to  come  with  own  initiatives.  The  teacher  sees  how  different  (groups  of)  students  associ-­‐ate  with  each  other  and  is  able  to  respond  to  this.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  knows  the  relevant  background  information  of  most  students  and  knows,  at  a  class  level,  what  moves  and  motives  students.  Students  can  come  with  their  own  initiatives  and  the  teacher  makes  use  of  this  now  and  then.  The  teacher  knows  which  place  most  students  have  in  the  social  structure  of  the  group  and  is  able  to  respond  to  this.  (good)  The  teacher  is  able  to  build  good  relationships  with  students  due  to  having  a  permanent  interest  in  the  students,  as  individuals  and  as  a  group.  He/she  stimulates  students  to  come  with  own  initiatives  and  decides,  in  collabora-­‐tion  with  the  students,  to  make  use  of  these.  The  teacher  has  a  good  insight  into  the  social  relationships  in  the  group  and  is  able  to  respond  to  this.  (ex-­cellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Interpersonal  relationship  questionnaire,  notes,  and  student  placement  evaluation  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor,  supervisor  and  pupils.  

Page 107: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 107  

   

EPA  7.  Directs  the  communication  processes  in  the  group        Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  does/does  not  communicate  effectively  related  to  different  ways  of  leading,  supervising,  and  confronting  students.  The  teacher  does/does  not  create  a  safe  environment  for  the  students  in  which  they  communicate  and  listen  well.  The  teacher  is/is  not  able  to  appropriately  and  with  flexibility  set  behav-­‐ioral  norms  and  to  reward  and  correct  the  behavior  of  students.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  still  has  difficulties  to  communicate  effectively  with  students  and  is  insufficiently  aware  what  is  going  on  in  the  class.  Behavioral  norms  are  not  always  clear.  He/she  only  limitedly  corrects  and  rewards  and  re-­‐sponds  too  much  or  too  little  to  reactions  from  the  class.  The  teacher  has,  as  a  result,  difficulties  to  create  a  safe  environment  in  the  class  where  stu-­‐dents  listen  and  communicate  well  towards  each  other.  (starting)  The  teacher  communicates  well  at  a  content  level.  He/she  is  conscious  of  the  communication  at  a  relational  level.  The  teacher  reward  and  corrects  the  students  according  to  a  fixed  set  of  recognizable  patterns.  Based  on  personal  behavioral  norms,  he/she  creates  a  safe  environment  for  the  class  where  students  can  communicate  and  listen  well  towards  each  other.  (suf-­ficient)  The  teacher  communicates  effectively  at  a  content  and  relational  level.  He/she  can  create  a  nice  working  atmosphere  in  different  groups  and  lead-­‐ing  and  supervising  and  rewarding  and  correcting  different  types  of  behav-­‐ior  maintain  these.  The  teacher  involves  students  when  determining  the  norms  of  behavior  and  creates  a  safe  environment  with  them  where  stu-­‐dents  can  communicate  and  listen  well  towards  each  other.  (good)  The  teacher  and  students  communicate  effectively  at  a  content  and  rela-­‐tional  level.  He/she  can  uphold  a  good  working  environment  in  the  class  by  leading  and  supervising  and  reward  and  correct  behavior  with  different  intensity  and  with  flexibility.  The  teacher  makes  the  teachers  responsible  for  the  establishment  of  behavioral  norms  and  creates  a  safe  environment  where  students  can  communicate  and  listen  well  towards  each  other.  (ex-­cellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Interpersonal  relationship  questionnaire,  notes,  and  student  placement  evaluation  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor,  supervisor  and  pupils.  

Page 108: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 108  

                 

EPA  8.  Supervises  the  development  of  the  student  as  a  person    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  is/is  not  able  to  detect  and  pass  on  problems  in  the  develop-­‐ment  of  the  student  as  person  and  the  accompanied  behavioral  problems  The  teacher  is/is  not  able  to  adequately  supervise  the  development  of  the  student  as  person  and  the  possible  complications  (e.g.  fear  of  failure,  bully-­‐ing).  The  teacher  does/does  not  stimulate  the  students  to  think  critically  about  their  own  perceptions  and  behavior.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  does  not  yet  have  a  good  overview  of  the  development  of  the  students  as  person  and  possible  problems  associated  with  it.  He/she  does  not  yet  stimulate  students  to  think  critically  about  their  own  behavior  and  personal  views.  The  teacher  is  not  yet  able  to  pick  up  everyday  problems  in  the  classroom.  (starting)  The  teacher  recognizes  the  development  of  the  student  as  a  person  at  the  group  level.  She/he  stimulates  students  to  think  about  their  own  behavior  and  personal  views.  The  teacher  is,  to  a  certain  extent,  able  to  supervise  the  daily  problems  during  the  development  of  the  person  of  the  student  in  and  after  class  time.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  recognizes  the  development  of  the  student  as  a  person  in  indi-­‐vidual  students  and  the  group  as  a  whole.  She/he  regularly  initiates  group  discussions  where  students  are  asked  to  critically  reflect  on  their  own  be-­‐havior  and  personal  views.  The  teacher  is  able  to  supervise  the  personal  development  of  individual  students  during  and  after  class  time  from  the  perspective  of  their  own  developmental  characteristics.  Also  in  case  of  the-­‐se  being  daily  problems.  (good)  The  teacher  has  a  good  insight  in  the  development  of  the  student  as  a  per-­‐son  in  individual  students  and  the  group  as  a  whole.  He/she  stimulates  students  to  discuss  their  own  behavior  and  personal  views.  The  teacher  is,  considering  diversity  and  multiculturalism;  able  to  supervise  students  with  their  personal  development,  also  when  they  need  specialized  care.  (excel-­lent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Lesson  observation,  video  material,  notes,  and  student  placement  evalua-­‐tion  form.  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor,  supervisor  and  pupils.  

Page 109: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 109  

   

EPA  9.    Carries  out  tasks  that  go  beyond  the  lesson,  class  and  subject    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  is/is  not  aware  of  the  priorities  of  the  school  and  educational  policies.  The  teacher  does/does  not  carry  out  a  variety  of  additional  tasks  (e.g.  test  development,  mentoring,  policy  making)  The  teacher  does/does  not  show  initiatives  to  carry  out  new  tasks.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  is  primarily  focused  on  the  primary  teaching  task,  but  is  pre-­‐sent  at  outside  class  and  school  activities.  (starting)  The  teacher  has  an  overview  of  the  tasks  in  the  school  and  carries  out  sev-­‐eral  tasks,  which  fit  his/her  own  competences  and  the  needs  of  the  school.  He/she  contributes,  when  requested,  to  the  execution  and  the  vision  and/or  profiling  of  the  school.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  carries  out  and  is  responsible  for  several  tasks.  He/she  has,  if  necessary,  trained  to  become  a  professional.  The  teacher  represents  the  school  professionally  and  contributes  to  the  execution  of  the  vision  and/or  profiling  of  the  school.  (good)  The  teacher  takes  initiatives  or  is  a  policy-­‐maker  for  subject,  team,  and  cross-­‐curricular  activities  including  (inter)  national  cooperation  within  and  outside  his/her  school.  (excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Assignment  subject  didactics  2,  notes,  and  student  placement  evaluation  form  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor  and  supervisor.  

Page 110: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 110  

   

EPA  10.  Collaborates  with  colleagues  and,  if  necessary,  parents  and  other  stakeholders    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  is/is  not  able  to  work  together  with  colleagues,  and,  if  neces-­‐sary,  parents  and  other  stakeholders.  The  teacher  does/does  not  show  initiatives  to  work  together  with  others  outside  the  direct  school  context  to  improve  the  education.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  primarily  works  together  with  others  on  the  execution  of  her  primary  teaching  task.  He/she  contributes  to  the  subject  cluster  and  the  team.  (starting)  The  teacher  is  conscious  of  his/her  own  qualities  and  what  this  means  in  cooperation  with  others.  He/she  has  his/her  own  tasks  within  the  subject  group,  the  team  and  the  school  and  coordinates  the  execution  of  these  tasks  with  others.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  is  constructively  and  actively  involved  with  different  forms  of  discussions  at  school  and  consciously  applies  her/his  personal  qualities.  She/he  professionally  supervises  students  and  collaborates,  if  necessary,  with  parents  and  other  stakeholders.  (good)  The  teacher  systematically  participates  in  and  initiates  different  forms  of  discussions  within  and  outside  his/her  own  school.  He/she  is  able  to  utilize  his/her  own  quality  as  well  as  those  of  others  in  the  cooperation  process.  (excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Assignment  subject  didactics  2  and  student  placement  evaluation  form  

Suggested  assessors      

Page 111: Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work- place ...€¦ · Deliverable 2.1: Tool for matrix mapping of work-place-based curricula with Entrustable Professional Activities

 Workplace-based e-Assessment Technology for Competency-based Higher Multi-professional Education

Deliverable D2.1    

 111  

   

EPA  11.  Takes  initiatives  to  improve  his/her  personal  professional  activities    Assessment  and  evaluation  criteria  

The  teacher  is/is  not  able  to  make  a  well-­‐grounded  strength/weaknesses  analysis  of  his  or  her  own  professional  activities.  The  teacher  does/does  not  attempt  to  carry  out  follow  up  activities  target-­‐ed  to  the  improvement  of  his  or  her  own  professional  activities.  The  teacher  is/is  not  able  to  extent  his/her  own  learning  strategies.  

Proficiency  levels   The  teacher  can  describe  his/her  actions  and  incidentally  is  open  for  feed-­‐back  from  the  work  placement  supervisor,  teacher  educators  and  other  teachers  (in  training).  He/she  is  able  to  distinguish  several  cause  and  ef-­‐fects,  which  might  influence  her/his  actions.  The  teacher  incidentally  seeks  applicable  alternatives.  He/she  is  not  always  conscious  of  his/her  own  learning  activities.  (starting)  The  teacher  describes  her/his  own  actions  and  accordingly  regularly  and  actively  seeks  feedback  from  the  work  placement  supervisor,  the  teacher  educators,  other  teachers  (in  training)  and  students.  She/he  is  conscious  of  behavioral  patterns  and  the  effects  of  these.  The  teacher  regularly  seeks,  based  on  the  given  feedback,  alternatives.  He/she  is  conscious  of  his/her  own  learning  activities,  but  does  not  take  any  steps  to  systematically  ex-­‐pand  on  these.  (sufficient)  The  teacher  actively  and  systematically  asks  for  feedback  based  on  his/her  own  learning  goals  and  processes  this  feedback  systematically  in  follow-­‐up  activities.  He/she  also  involves  the  perspectives  of  the  organization  (school  and  team)  and  the  students  in  his/her  analysis.  The  teacher  is  based  on  his/her  awareness  of  his/her  behavioral  patterns  able  to  consciously  make  and  steer  appropriate  steps.  He/she  is  able  to  provide  arguments  for  and  expand  partially  his/her  learning  activities.  (good)  The  teacher  is  able  to  choose  independent  of  the  situation  different  forms  of  reflection  and  is  able  to  organize  for  him-­‐/herself  360°  feedback.  He/she  can,  based  on  his/her  awareness  of  his/her  professional  actions,  make  con-­‐scious  steps  and  is  able  to  justify  these  from  sources  of  knowledge.  The  teacher  involves  in  his/her  analysis  different  societal  and  theoretical  per-­‐spectives  and  shows  an  interaction  between  experience  and  practice  theo-­‐ry.  He/she  is  conscious  of  his/her  own  learning  strategies  and  behavioral  patterns,  is  able  to  justify  these  from  sources  of  knowledge,  and  is  able  to  expand  on  these  systematically.  (excellent)  

Suggested  infor-­‐mation  sources  

Reflection  report  and  student  placement  evaluation  form  

Suggested  assessors     Mentor  and  supervisor.